EP2082875B1 - Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method using the precursor - Google Patents

Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method using the precursor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP2082875B1
EP2082875B1 EP09000874A EP09000874A EP2082875B1 EP 2082875 B1 EP2082875 B1 EP 2082875B1 EP 09000874 A EP09000874 A EP 09000874A EP 09000874 A EP09000874 A EP 09000874A EP 2082875 B1 EP2082875 B1 EP 2082875B1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
group
image
recording layer
lithographic printing
printing plate
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
EP09000874A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP2082875A1 (en
Inventor
Koji Sonokawa
Norio Aoshima
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Fujifilm Corp
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of EP2082875A1 publication Critical patent/EP2082875A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP2082875B1 publication Critical patent/EP2082875B1/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • B41C1/1008Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41NPRINTING PLATES OR FOILS; MATERIALS FOR SURFACES USED IN PRINTING MACHINES FOR PRINTING, INKING, DAMPING, OR THE LIKE; PREPARING SUCH SURFACES FOR USE AND CONSERVING THEM
    • B41N3/00Preparing for use and conserving printing surfaces
    • B41N3/08Damping; Neutralising or similar differentiation treatments for lithographic printing formes; Gumming or finishing solutions, fountain solutions, correction or deletion fluids, or on-press development
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • B41C1/1008Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials
    • B41C1/1016Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials characterised by structural details, e.g. protective layers, backcoat layers or several imaging layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/02Cover layers; Protective layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/06Backcoats; Back layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/10Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes characterised by inorganic compounds, e.g. pigments
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/12Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes characterised by non-macromolecular organic compounds
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/14Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes characterised by macromolecular organic compounds, e.g. binder, adhesives
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/04Negative working, i.e. the non-exposed (non-imaged) areas are removed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/08Developable by water or the fountain solution
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/20Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation characterised by inorganic additives, e.g. pigments, salts
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/22Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation characterised by organic non-macromolecular additives, e.g. dyes, UV-absorbers, plasticisers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/24Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation characterised by a macromolecular compound or binder obtained by reactions involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. acrylics, vinyl polymers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a lithographic printing plate precursor and a plate making method thereof. More particularly, it relates to a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of being subjected to image recording with laser and capable of being subjected to on-press development or gum development, and a plate making method thereof.
  • a lithographic printing plate is composed of an oleophilic image area accepting ink and a hydrophilic non-image area accepting dampening water in the process of printing.
  • Lithographic printing is a printing method utilizing the nature of water and oily ink to repel with each other and comprising rendering the oleophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate to an ink-receptive area and the hydrophilic non-image area thereof to a dampening water-receptive area (ink-unreceptive area), thereby making a difference in adherence of the ink on the surface of the lithographic printing plate, depositing the ink only to the image area, and then transferring the ink to a printing material, for example, paper.
  • a printing material for example, paper.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a hydrophilic support having provided thereon an oleophilic photosensitive resin layer (image-recording layer)
  • PS plate lithographic printing plate precursor
  • image-recording layer oleophilic photosensitive resin layer
  • the lithographic printing plate is obtained by conducting plate making according to a method of exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor through an original, for example, a lith film, and then while leaving the image-recording layer corresponding to the image arm removing the unnecessary image-recording layer corresponding to the non-image area by dissolving with an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent thereby revealing the hydrophilic surface of support.
  • a method referred to as on-press development has been proposed wherein a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image-recording layer capable of being removed in its unnecessary areas during a conventional printing process is used and after exposure, the unnecessary area of the image-recording layer is removed on a printing machine to prepare a lithographic printing plate.
  • Specific methods of the on-press development include, for example, a method of using a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image-recording layer that can be dissolved or dispersed in dampening water, an ink solvent or an emulsion of dampening water and ink, a method of mechanically removing an image-recording layer by contact with rollers or a blanket cylinder of a printing machine, and a method of lowering cohesion of an image-recording layer or adhesion between an image-recording layer and a support upon penetration of dampening water, ink solvent or the like and then mechanically removing the image-recording layer by contact with rollers or a blanket cylinder of a printing machine.
  • gum development As another method for simple development, a method referred to as gum development has been proposed wherein removal of the unnecessary area of the image-recording layer is performed with a gum solution, which has been used as a finisher conducting after conventional alkali development, without using a conventional highly alkaline developer.
  • development processing step means a step of using an apparatus (ordinarily, an automatic developing machine) other than a printing machine and removing an unexposed area in an image-recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor upon contact with liquid (ordinarily, an alkaline developer) thereby revealing a hydrophilic surface of support.
  • on-press development means a method or a step of removing an unexposed area in an image-recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor upon contact with liquid (ordinarily, printing ink and/or dampening water) by using a printing machine thereby revealing a hydrophilic surface of support.
  • a system using an image-recording layer capable of being handled in a bright room or under a yellow lump and a light source is preferable from the standpoint of workability.
  • a semiconductor laser emitting an infrared ray having a wavelength of 760 to 1,200 and a solid laser, for example, YAG laser, are extremely useful because these lasers having a large output and a small size are inexpensively available.
  • An UV laser can also be used.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor of on-press development type capable of conducting image-recording with an infrared laser for example, a lithographic printing plate precursor having provided on a hydrophilic support, an image-forming layer in which hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles are dispersed in a hydrophilic binder is described in Japanese Patent 2,938,397 (corresponding to U.S. Patent 6,030,750 ). It is described in Japanese Patent 2,938,397 (corresponding to U.S.
  • Patent 6,030,750 that the lithographic printing plate precursor is exposed to an infrared laser to agglomerate the hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles by heat thereby forming an image and mounted on a plate cylinder of a printing machine to be able to carry out on-press development by supplying dampening water and/or ink.
  • JP-A-2001-277740 the term "JP-A” as used herein means an "un examined published Japanese patent application”
  • JP-A-2001-277742 corresponding to US 2001/0018159 A1 .
  • lithographic printing plate precursor having provided on a support, a photosensitive layer containing an infrared absorbing agent, a radical polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound is described in JP-A-2002-287334 (corresponding to US 2002/0177074 A1 )
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor containing a sulfonate or an alkylsulfuric acid ester salt in its photosensitive layer is described in JP-A-2007-276454 (corresponding to US 2007/0214987 A1 ), and a lithographic printing plate precursor containing an amino acid or a betaine in its protective layer is described in EP-A-1862301 .
  • compatibility of the on-press development property and printing durability is still insufficient.
  • a surfactant in order to improve the on-press development property and state of coated surface, a surfactant can be added to an image-recording layer and examples of the surfactant include a carboxybetaine and a sulfobetaine.
  • the object of improving the on-press development property or gum development property while maintaining the printing durability can be achieved by using the specific betaine compound which has a small hydrophobic portion and almost no surface active function as the compound represented by formula (I) or (II).
  • the description on the surfactant in the above described patents neither discloses nor suggests how to achieve the object of the invention.
  • EP-A-1 834 766 , EP-A-1 577 090 and EP-A-1 956 428 describe lithographic printing plate precursors comprising a support and an image recording layer being capable of undergoing on-press development by supplying at least one of printing ink and dampening water.
  • the image recording layer may comprise a surfactant including among others carboxybetaines and sulfobetaines.
  • EP-A-1 712 353 and WO 03/051 631 describe planographic printing plate precursors comprising a support and a recording layer which may contain a perfluoroalkyl group-containing carboxybetaine as amphotheric surfactant and Amogen K (N-tetradecyl-N,N-betaine type) as an inhibitor, respectively.
  • US 2002/197 564 and EP-A-1 547 801 relate to lithographic printing plates comprising a support and an image recording layer.
  • the image recording layers thereof may comprise a surfactant such as alkylbetaine or 2-alkyl-N-carboxyethylimidazoline betaine, respectively.
  • compositions being useful for a printing plate material.
  • the composition may comprise an alkali-soluble resin being formed of N,N-dimethyl-N-methacrylatamidepropyl-N-(3-sulfopropyl)-ammonium-betaine monomers.
  • WO 2007/026491 discloses a resin composition for photosensitive layer and its use in an original plate for lithography.
  • the resin composition may contain a perfluoroalkyl betaine (Surflon TM S-131).
  • WO 2007/052470 relates to a lithographic printing plate material comprising an aluminum support and provided thereon an image formation layer which may contain an amphoteric surfactant such as carboxybetaine. or perfluoroalkyl betaines.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor of on-press developing type providing good on-press development property while maintaining sufficient printing durability
  • a plate making method of a lithographic printing plate precursor excellent in the on-press development property or gum development property and printing durability can be provided.
  • Fig. 1 is an illustration for showing a composition of an automatic development apparatus for the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention comprises a support and an image-recording layer which is, after imagewise exposure, on-press developable by supplying printing ink and/or dampening water or gum developable by supplying a gum solution and contains the betaine compound represented by formula (I) or (II).
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention comprises a support, an image-recording layer which is, after imagewise exposure, on-press developable by supplying printing ink and/or dampening water or gum developable by supplying a gum solution after imagewise exposure and a layer containing the betaine compound represented by formula (I) or (II) between the support and the image-recording layer.
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, each of which groups may be substituted with a hydroxy group or an amino group
  • Z represents an alkylene group having from I to 4 carbon atoms, which may be substituted with a hydroxy group, or at least two of R 1 to R 3 and Z may be combined with each other to form a heterocyclic ring.
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms or two of R 1 to R 3 and Z are combined with each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring.
  • the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) has a small structure of hydrophobic portion and almost no surface active function, when dampening water or a gum solution penetrates into the exposed area (image area) of the image-recording layer, degradations of the hydrophobicity and film strength of the image area are prevented and thus, the ink receptivity and printing durability of the image-recording layer can be preferably maintained.
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) added to the image-recording layer is preferably from 0.1 to 10% by weight, more preferably from 0.2 to 5% by weight, still more preferably from 0.4 to 2% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • the amount of the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) added to the undercoat layer is preferably from 5 to 50% by weight, more preferably from 8 to 30% by weight, still more preferably from 10 to 20% by weight, based on the total solid content of the undercoat layer.
  • the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) can also be added to a protective layer as well as the image-recording layer and/or undercoat layer.
  • the amount of the compound added to the protective layer is preferably 10% by weight or less based on the total solid content of the protective layer.
  • the compounds represented by formulae (I) and (II) may be used individually or as a mixture of two or more thereof.
  • the image-recording layer for use in the invention is an image-recording layer capable of forming an image by supplying printing ink and dampening waster on a printing machine after image exposure to remove the unexposed area or by treating with a gum solution after image exposure.
  • the representative image-forming mechanism enabling the on-press development or gum development included in the image-recording layer includes (1) an embodiment wherein (A) an infrared absorbing agent, (B) a radical polymerization initiator and (C) a polymerizable compound are included and an image area is hardened utilizing a polymerization reaction and (2) an embodiment wherein (A) an infrared absorbing agent and (D) a hydrophobilizing precursor are included and a hydrophobic region (image area) is formed utilizing heat fusion or heat reaction of the hydrophobilizing precursor. A mixture of these two embodiments may also used.
  • the hydrophobilizing precursor (D) may be incorporated into the image-recording layer of polymerization type (1) or the polymerizable compound or the like may be incorporated into the image-recording layer of hydrophobilizing precursor type (2).
  • the embodiment of polymerization type including the infrared absorbing agent (A), radical polymerization initiator (B) and polymerizable compound (C) is preferable.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is subjected to the image formation using as a light source, a laser emitting an infrared ray of 760 to 1,200 nm or the like, it is preferred to incorporate an infrared absorbing agent into the image-recording layer thereof
  • the infrared absorbing agent has a function of converting the infrared ray absorbed to heat and a function of being excited by the infrared ray to perform electron transfer/energy transfer to a radical polymerization initiator described hereinafter.
  • the infrared absorbing agent for use in the invention includes a dye and pigment each having an absorption maximum in a wavelength range of 760 to 1,200 nm.
  • the dye includes azo dyes, metal complex azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts and metal thiolate complexes.
  • preferable dye examples include cyanine dyes described, for example, in JP-A-58-125246 , JP-A-59-84356 and JP-A-60-78787 , methine dyes described, for example, in JP-A-58-173696 , JP-A-58-181690 and JP-A-58-194595 , naphthoquinone dyes described, for example, in JP-A-58-112793 , JP-A-58-224793 , JP-A-59-48187 , JP-A-59-73996 , JP-A-60-52940 and JP-A-60-63744 , squarylium dyes described, for example, in JP-A-58-112792 , and cyanine dyes described, for example, in British Patent 434,875 .
  • near infrared absorbing sensitizers described in U.S. Patent 5,156,938 are preferably used.
  • substituted arylbenzo(thio)pyrylium salts described in U.S. Patent 3,881,924 are substituted arylbenzo(thio)pyrylium salts described in U.S. Patent 3,881,924 , trimethinethiapyrylium salts described in JP-A-57-142645 (corresponding to U.S.
  • Patent 4,327,169 pyrylium compounds described in JP-A-58-181051 , JP-A-58-220143 , JP-A-59-41363 , JP-A-59-84248 , JP-A-59-84249 , JP-A-59-146063 and JP-A-59-146061 , cyanine dyes described in JP-A-59-216146 , pentamethinethiopyrylium salts described in U.S.
  • JP-B-5-13514 pyrylium compounds described in JP-B-5-13514
  • JP-B-5-19702 are also preferably used.
  • Other preferable examples of the dye include near infrared absorbing dyes presented by formulae (I) and (II) in U.S. Patent 4,756,993 .
  • infrared absorbing dye according to the invention include specific indolenine cyanine dyes described in JP-A-2002-278057 as illustrated bellow.
  • cyanine dyes cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium dyes, nickel thiolate complexes and indolenine cyanine dyes are preferred. Further, cyanine dyes and indolenine cyanine dyes are more preferred. As a particularly preferable example of the dye, a cyanine dye represented by formula (1) shown below is exemplified.
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, -NPh 2 , X 2 -L 1 or a group represented by the structural formula shown below.
  • X 2 represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom
  • L 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom or a hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms and containing a hetero atom.
  • the hetero atom used herein indicates a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a halogen atom and a selenium atom.
  • R a represents a substituent selected from a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and a halogen atom, and Xa - has the same meaning as Za - defined hereinafter.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 each represents a hydrocarbon group having two or more carbon atoms, and it is particularly preferred that R 1 and R 2 are combined with each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 which may be the same or different, each represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring.
  • preferable examples of the substituent include a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms, a halogen atom and an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms, and a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms are most preferable.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 which may be the same or different, each represents a sulfur atom or a dialkylmethylene group having 12 or less carbon atoms.
  • R 3 and R 4 which may be the same or different, each represents a hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms, which may have a substituent.
  • the substituent include an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms, a carboxyl group and a sulfo group, and an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms is most preferable.
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 which may be the same or different, each represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms. In view of the availability of raw materials, a hydrogen atom is preferred.
  • Za - represents a counter anion.
  • Za - is not necessary when the cyanine dye represented by formula (1) has an anionic substituent in the structure thereof and neutralization of charge is not needed.
  • preferable examples of the counter ion for Za - include a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion and a sulfonate ion, and particularly preferable examples thereof include a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion and an arylsulfonate ion.
  • cyanine dye represented by formula (1) which can be preferably used in the invention, include those described in paragraph Nos. [0017] to [0019] of JP-A-2001-133969 .
  • Examples of the pigment for use in the invention include commercially available pigments and pigments described in Colour Index (C.I.), Saishin Ganrvo Binran (Handbook of the Newest Pigments) compiled by Pigment Technology Society of Japan (1977 ), Saishin Ganryo Oyou Gijutsu (Newest Application on Technologies for Pigments), CMC Publishing Co., Ltd. (1986 ) and Insatsu Ink Gijutsu (Printing Ink Technology), CMC Publishing Co., Ltd. (1984 ).
  • the pigment examples include black pigments, yellow pigments, orange pigments, brown pigments, red pigments, purple pigments, blue pigments, green pigments, fluorescent pigments, metal powder pigments and polymer-bonded dyes.
  • Specific examples of usable pigment include insoluble azo pigments, azo lake pigments, condensed azo pigments, chelated azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene and perynone pigments, thioindigo pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, dying lake pigments, azine pigments, nitroso pigments, nitro pigments, natural pigments, fluorescent pigments, inorganic pigments and carbon black.
  • carbon black is preferred.
  • the pigment may be used without undergoing surface treatment or may be used after the surface treatment.
  • a method of coating a resin or wax on the surface a method of attaching a surfactant and a method of bonding a reactive substance (for example, a silane coupling agent, an epoxy compound or polyisocyanate) to the pigment surface.
  • a reactive substance for example, a silane coupling agent, an epoxy compound or polyisocyanate
  • the surface treatment methods are described in Kinzoku Sekken no Seishitsu to Oyo (Properties and Applications of Metal Soap), Saiwai Shobo , Insatsu Ink Gijutsu (Printing Ink Technology), CMC Publishing Co., Ltd. (1984 ), and Saishin Ganryo Oyo Gijutsu (Newest Application on Technologies for Pigments), CMC Publishing Co., Ltd. (1986 ).
  • the pigment has a particle size of preferably from 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably from 0.05 to 1 ⁇ m, particularly preferably from 0.1 to 1 ⁇ m. In the range described above, good stability of the pigment dispersion in the coating solution for image-recording layer and good uniformity of the image-recording layer can be obtained.
  • dispersing the pigment For dispersing the pigment, a known dispersion technique for use in the production of ink or toner may be used.
  • the dispersing machine include an ultrasonic dispersing machine, a sand mill, an attritor, a pearl mill, a super-mill, a ball mill, an impeller, a disperser, a KD mill, a colloid mill, a dynatron, a three roll mill and a pressure kneader.
  • the dispersing machines are described in detail in Saishin Ganryo Oyo Gijutsu (Newest Application on Technologies for Pigments), CMC Publishing Co., Ltd. (1986 ).
  • the infrared absorbing agent may be added together with other components to the same image-recording layer or may be added to a different image-recording layer separately provided.
  • the amount of the infrared absorbing agent added in the case of preparing a lithographic printing plate precursor, the amount is so controlled that absorbance of the image-recording layer at the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 760 to 1,200 nm measured by reflection measurement is in a range of 0.3 to 1.2, preferably in a range of 0.4 to 1.1.
  • the polymerization reaction proceeds uniformly in the thickness direction of the image-recording layer and good film strength of the image area and good adhesion property of the image area to the support are achieved.
  • the absorbance of the image-recording layer can be controlled depending on the amount of the infrared absorbing agent added to the image-recording layer and the thickness of the image-recording layer.
  • the measurement of the absorbance can be carried out in a conventional manner.
  • the method for measurement includes, for example, a method of forming an image-recording layer having a thickness determined appropriately in the range necessary for a coating amount after drying of the lithographic printing plate precursor on a reflective support, for example, an aluminum plate, and measuring reflection density of the image-recording layer by an optical densitometer or a spectrophotometer according to a reflection method using an integrating sphere.
  • the content of the infrared absorbing agent (A) in the image-recording layer according to the invention is preferably from 0.1 to 10.0% by weight, more preferably from 0.5 to 5.0% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • the radical polymerization initiator (B) for use in the invention is a compound that generates a radical with light energy, heat energy or both energies to initiate or accelerate polymerization of polymerizable compound (C).
  • the radical polymerization initiator for use in the invention includes, for example, known thermal polymerization initiators, compounds containing a bond having small bond dissociation energy and photopolymerization initiators.
  • the radical polymerization initiators in the invention include, for example, (a) organic halides, (b) carbonyl compounds, (c) azo compounds, (d) organic peroxides, (e) metallocene compounds, (f) azido compounds, (g) hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, (h) organic borate compounds, (i) disulfone compounds, (j) oxime ester compounds and (k) onium salt compounds.
  • the organic halides (a) specifically include, for example, compounds described in Wakabayashi et al., Bull. Chem. Soc. Janan, 42, 2924 (1969 ), U.S. Patent 3,905,815 , JP-B-46-4605 , JP-A-48-35281 , JP-A-55-32070 , JP-A-60-239736 , JP-A-61-169835 , JP-A-61-169837 , JP-A-62-58241 , JP-A-62-212401 , JP-A-63-70243 , JP-A-63-298339 and M. P. Hutt, Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry, 1, No. 3 (1970 ). Particularly, oxazole compounds and s-triazine compounds each substituted with a trihalomethyl group are preferably exemplified.
  • s-triazine derivatives and oxadiazole derivatives each of which has at least one of mono-, di- and tri-halogen substituted methyl groups connected are exemplified.
  • Specific examples thereof include 2,4,6-tris(monochloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(dichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-n-propyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-( ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ -trichloroethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tria
  • the carbonyl compounds (b) include, for example, benzophenone derivatives, e.g., benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone or 2-carboxybenzophenone, acetophenone derivatives, e.g., 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, ⁇ -hydroxy-2-methylphenylpropanone, 1-hydrpxy-1-methylethyl-(p-isopropylphenyl)ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-(p-dodecylphenyl)ketone, 2-methyl-(4'-(methylthio)phenyl)-2-morpholino-1-propanone or 1,1,1,-trichloromethyl-(p-butylphenyl)ketone, thi
  • the azo compounds (c) include, for example, azo compounds described in JP-A-8-108621 .
  • the organic peroxides (d) include, for example, trimethylcyclohexanone peroxide, acetylacetone peroxide, 1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane, 2,2-bis(tert-butylperoxy)butane, tert-butylhydroperoxide, cumene hydroperoxide, diisopropylbenzene hydroperoxide, 2,5-dimethylhexane-2,5-dihydroperoxide, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide, tert-butylcumyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(tert-butylperoxy)hexane, 2,5-oxanoyl peroxide, succinic peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, 2,
  • the metallocene compounds (e) include, for example, various titanocene compounds described in JP-A-59-152396 , JP-A-61-151197 , JP-A-63-41484 , JP-A-2-249 , JP-A-2-4705 and JP-A-5-83588 , for example, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bisphenyl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,6-difluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,4-difluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,4,trifluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl
  • the azido compounds (f) include, for example, 2,6-bis(4-azidobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone.
  • the hexaarylbiimidazole compounds (g) include, for example, various compounds described in JP-B-6-29285 and U.S. Patents 3,479,185 , 4,311,783 and 4,622,286 , specifically, for example, 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-bromophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o,p-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(m-methoxyphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o,o'-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-
  • the organic borate compounds (h) include, for example, organic borates described in JP-A-62-143044 , JP-A-62-150242 , JP-A-9-188685 , JP-A-9-188686 , JP-A-9-188710 , JP-A-2000-131837 , 3P-A-2002-107916 , Japanese Patent 2,764,769 , JP-A-2002-116539 and Martin Kunz, Rad Tech '98, Proceeding, April 19-22 (1998), Chicago , organic boron sulfonium complexes or organic boron oxosulfonium complexes described in JP-A-6-157623 , JP-A-6-175564 and JP-A-6-175561 , organic boron iodonium complexes described in JP-A-6-175554 and JP-A-6-175553 , organic boron phosphonium complexes described in JP-A-9-188710 , and organic boro
  • the disulfone compounds (i) include, for example, compounds described in JP-A-61-166544 and JP-A-2002-328465 .
  • the oxime ester compounds (j) include, for example, compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II, 1653-1660 (1979 ), J. C. S. Perkin II, 156-162 (1979 ), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology, 202-232 (1995 ) and JP-A-2000-66385 , and compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068 . Specific examples thereof include compounds represented by the following structural formulae:
  • the onium salt compounds (k) include, for example, diazonium salts described in S. I. Schlesinger, Photogr. Sci. Eng., 18, 387 (1974 ) and T. S. Bal et al., Polymer, 21, 423 (1980 ), ammonium salts described in U.S. Patent 4,069,055 and JP-A-4-365049 , phosphonium salts described in U.S. Patents 4,069,055 and 4,069,056 , iodonium salts described in European Patent 104,143 , U.S.
  • the oxime ester compounds and diazonium salts, iodonium salts and sulfonium salts described above are preferably exemplified.
  • the onium salt functions not as an acid generator but as an ionic radical polymerization initiator.
  • the onium salts preferably used in the invention include onium salts represented by the following formulae (RI-I) to (RI-III):
  • Ar 11 represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, which may have 1 to 6 substituents.
  • the substituent includes an alkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylimino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamido group or arylamido group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, an thioalkyl group having from I to 12 carbon atoms and an alkyl group having from 1 to 12
  • Z 11- represents a monovalent anion and specifically includes a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion, a thiosulfonate ion and a sulfate ion.
  • a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion or a sulfinate ion is preferable.
  • Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, which may have 1 to 6 substituents.
  • the substituent includes an alkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylimino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamido group or arylamido group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, an thioalkyl group having from 1 to
  • Z 21- represents a monovalent anion and specifically includes a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion, a thiosulfonate ion, a sulfate ion and a carboxylate ion.
  • a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion or a carboxylate ion is preferable.
  • R 31 , R 32 and R 33 each independently represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, which may have 1 to 6 substituents, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group and is preferably an aryl group from the standpoint of reactivity and stability.
  • the substituent includes an alkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having from I to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylimino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamido group or arylamido group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, an thioalkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms and an thioaryl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Z 31- represents a monovalent anion and specifically includes a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion, a thiosulfonate ion, a sulfate ion and a carboxylate ion.
  • a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion or a carboxylate ion is preferable.
  • Carboxylate ions described in JP-A-2001-343742 are more preferable, and carboxylate ions described in JP-A-2002-148790 are particularly preferable.
  • the radical polymerization initiator (B) is not limited to those described above.
  • the organic halides (a), particularly the triazine type initiators included therein, the oxime ester compounds (j), the diazonium salts, iodonium salts and sulfonium salts included in the onium salt compounds (k) are more preferable from the standpoint of reactivity and stability.
  • onium salt compounds including as a counter ion an inorganic anion, for example, PF 6 - or BF 4 - are preferable in combination with the infrared absorbing agent from the standpoint of improvement in the visibility of print-out image.
  • a diaryl iodonium is preferable as the onium salt.
  • the radical polymerization initiators (B) may be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • the radical polymerization initiator (B) can be added preferably in an amount from 0.1 to 50% by weight, more preferably from 0.5 to 30% by weight, particularly preferably from 0.8 to 20% by weight, based on the total solid content constituting the image-recording layer. In the range described above, good sensitivity and good stain resistance in the non-image area at the time of printing are obtained.
  • radical polymerization initiator (B) may be added together with other components to the same layer or may be added to an image-recording layer or a different layer provided adjacent thereto.
  • the polymerizable compound (C) for use in the invention is an addition-polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and it is selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more, terminal ethylenically unsaturated double bonds.
  • Such compounds are widely known in the field of art and they can be used in the invention without any particular limitation.
  • the compound has a chemical form, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, specifically, a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer, or a (co)polymer thereof, or a mixture thereof
  • Examples of the monomer and copolymer thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid or maleic acid) and esters or amides thereof
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid or maleic acid
  • esters or amides thereof Preferably, esters of an unsaturated carboxylic acid with an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compound and amides of an unsaturated carboxylic acid with an aliphatic polyvalent amine compound are used.
  • An addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent, for example, a hydroxyl group, an amino group or a mercapto group, with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy, or a dehydration condensation reaction product of the unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide with a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid is also preferably used.
  • an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having an electrophilic substituent for example, an isocyanato group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol, or a substitution reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a releasable substituent, for example, a halogen atom or a tosyloxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol is also preferably used.
  • compounds in which the unsaturated carboxylic acid described above is replaced by an unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether or the like can also be used.
  • the monomer which is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compound with an unsaturated carboxylic acid
  • an acrylic acid ester for example, ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(acryloyloxypropyl) ether, trimethylolethane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanadiol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol diacrylate, dip
  • methacrylic acid ester for example, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, hexanediol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, sorbitol trimethacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylate, bis[p-(3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]dimethylmethane or bis[
  • an itaconic acid ester for example, ethylene glycol diitaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1,3-butanediol diitaconate, 1,4-butanediol diitaconate, tetramethylene glycol diitaconate, pentaerythritol diitaconate or sorbitol tetraitaconate is exemplified.
  • a crotonic acid ester for example, ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate and sorbitol tetracrotonate is exemplified.
  • isocrotonic acid ester for example, ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate and sorbitol tetraisocrotonate is exemplified.
  • maleic acid ester for example, ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, pentaerythritol dimaleate or sorbitol tetramaleate is exemplified.
  • ester which can be preferably used, include aliphatic alcohol esters described in JP-B-S1-47334 and JP-A-57-196231 , esters having an aromatic skeleton described in JP-A-59-5240 , JP-A-59-5241 and JP-A-2-226149 , and esters containing an amino group described in JP-A-1-165613 .
  • ester monomers can also be used as a mixture.
  • the monomer which is an amide of an aliphatic polyvalent amine compound with an unsaturated carboxylic acid
  • the monomer which is an amide of an aliphatic polyvalent amine compound with an unsaturated carboxylic acid
  • examples of the monomer include methylene bisacrylamide, methylene bismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bismethacrylamide, diethylenetriamine trisacrylamide, xylylene bisacrylamide and xylylene bismethacrylamide.
  • Other preferable examples of the amide monomer include amides having a cyclohexylene structure described in JP-B-54-21726 .
  • Urethane type addition polymerizable compounds produced using an addition reaction between an isocyanate and a hydroxy group are also preferably used, and specific examples thereof include vinylurethane compounds having two or more polymerizable vinyl groups per molecule obtained by adding a vinyl monomer containing a hydroxy group represented by formula (2) shown below to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups per molecule, described in JP-B-48-41708 .
  • CH 2 C(R 4 )COOCH 2 CH(R 5 )OH (2) wherein R 4 and R 5 each independently represents H or CH 3 .
  • urethane acrylates described in JP-A-51-37193 , JP-B-2-32293 and JP-B-2-16765 and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860 , JP-B-56-17654 , JP-B-62-39417 and JP-B-62-39418 are preferably used.
  • a photopolymerizable composition having remarkably excellent photosensitive speed can be obtained by using an addition polymerizable compound having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in its molecule, described in JP-A-63-277653 , JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A-1-105238 .
  • polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates for example, polyester acrylates and epoxy acrylates obtained by reacting an epoxy resin with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, described in JP-A-48-64183 , JP-B-49-43191 and JP-B-52-30490 .
  • Specific unsaturated compounds described in JP-B-46-43946 , JP-B-1-40337 and JP-B-140336 , and vinylphosphonic acid type compounds described in JP-A-2-25493 can also be exemplified.
  • structure containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-22048 can be preferably used.
  • photocurable monomers or oligomers described in Nippon Secchaku Kyokaishi Journal of Japan Adhesion Society
  • Vol. 20, No. 7, pages 300 to 308 (1984 ) can also be used.
  • the method of using the polymerizable compound for example, selection of the structure, individual or combination use, or an amount added, can be appropriately arranged depending on the characteristic design of the final lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • the compound is selected from the following standpoints.
  • a structure having a large content of unsaturated groups per molecule is preferred and in many cases, a bifunctional or more functional compound is preferred.
  • a trifunctional or more functional compound is preferred.
  • a combination use of compounds different in the functional number or in the kind of polymerizable group is an effective method for controlling both the sensitivity and the strength.
  • the selection and use method of the polymerizable compound are also important factors for the compatibility and dispersibility with other components (for example, a binder polymer, a radical polymerization initiator or a coloring agent) in the image-recording layer.
  • the compatibility may be improved in some cases by using the compound of low purity or using two or more kinds of the compounds in combination.
  • a specific structure may be selected for the purpose of improving an adhesion property to a support or a protective layer described hereinafter.
  • the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably used in an amount from 5 to 80% by weight, more preferably from 25 to 75% by weight, based on the nonvolatile component of the image-recording layer.
  • the structure, blend and amount added can be appropriately selected by taking account of the extent of polymerization inhibition due to oxygen, resolution, fogging property, change in refractive index, surface tackiness and the like. Further, depending on the case, a layer construction, for example, an undercoat layer or an overcoat layer, and a coating method, may also be considered.
  • the image-recording layer according to the invention may contain the component described below, if desired.
  • the hydrophobilizing precursor for use in the invention includes a fine particle capable of converting the image-recording layer to be hydrophobic when heat is applied.
  • the fine particle is preferably at least one particle selected from hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer fine particles and thermo-reactive polymer fine particles.
  • hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer fine particles for use in the image-recording layer hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer fine particles described, for example, in Research Disclosure, No. 33303, January (1992 ), JP-A-9-123387 , JP-A-9-131850 , JP-A-9-171249 , JP-A-9-171250 and European Patent 931,647 are preferably exemplified.
  • the polymer constituting the polymer fine particle include a homopolymer or copolymer of a monomer, for example, ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile or vinyl carbazole, and a mixture thereof.
  • a monomer for example, ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile or vinyl carbazole, and a mixture thereof.
  • polystyrene and polymethyl methacrylate are more preferable.
  • the average particle size of the hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer fine particle for use in the invention is preferably from 0.01 to 2.0 ⁇ m.
  • Synthesis methods of the hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer fine particle having the particle size described above which can be used as the hydrophobilizing precursor include an emulsion polymerization method and a suspension polymerization method and in addition, a method (dissolution dispersion method) of dissolving the above compound in a water-insoluble organic solvent, mixing and emulsifying the solution with an aqueous solution containing a dispersant, and applying heat to the emulsion thereby solidifying the emulsion to a fine particle state while volatizing the organic solvent.
  • thermo-reactive polymer fine particle which can be used as the hydrophobilizing precursor in the invention includes a thermosetting polymer fine particle and a polymer fine particle having a thermo-reactive group and they form a hydrophobilized region by crosslinkage due to thermal reaction and change in the functional group involved therein.
  • thermosetting polymer a resin having a phenolic skeleton, a urea resin (for example, a resin obtained by resinification of urea or a urea derivative, for example, methoxymethylated urea, with an aldehyde, for example, formaldehyde), a melamine resin (for example, a resin obtained by resinification of melamine or a melamine derivative with an aldehyde, for example, formaldehyde), an alkyd resin, an unsaturated polyester resin, a polyurethane resin and an epoxy resin are exemplified.
  • a resin having a phenolic skeleton, a melamine resin, a urea resin and an epoxy resin are especially preferable.
  • the resin having a phenolic skeleton include a phenolic resin obtained by resinification of phenol or cresol with an aldehyde, for example, formaldehyde, a hydroxystyrene resin and a polymer or copolymer of methacrylamide, acrylamide, methacrylate or acrylate having a phenolic skeleton, for example, N-(p-hydroxyphenyl)methacrylamide or p-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate.
  • an aldehyde for example, formaldehyde, a hydroxystyrene resin
  • methacrylamide, acrylamide, methacrylate or acrylate having a phenolic skeleton for example, N-(p-hydroxyphenyl)methacrylamide or p-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate.
  • the average particle size of the thermosetting polymer fine particle for use in the invention is preferably from 0.01 to 2.0 ⁇ m.
  • thermosetting polymer fine particle can be easily obtained by a known dissolution dispersion method, it can also be produced by making the state of fine particle when the thermosetting polymer is synthesized.
  • the method of producing the thermosetting polymer fine particle is not limited to these methods and known methods can be appropriately adopted.
  • thermo-reactive group in the polymer fine particle having a thermo-reactive group for use in the invention a functional group performing any reaction can be used as long as a chemical bond is formed.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group for example, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a vinyl group or an allyl group
  • a cationic polymerizable group for example, a vinyl group or a vinyloxy group
  • an isocyanate group performing an addition reaction or a blocked form thereof
  • an epoxy group, a vinyloxy group and a functional group having an active hydrogen atom for example, an amino group, a hydroxy group or a carboxyl group
  • a carboxyl group performing a condensation reaction and a hydroxyl group or an amino group of the reaction partner and an acid anhydride performing a ring opening addition reaction and an amino group or a hydroxyl group of the reaction partner
  • an acid anhydride performing a ring opening addition reaction and an amino group or a hydroxy
  • the introduction of the functional group into polymer fine particle may be conducted at the polymerization or by utilizing a polymer reaction after the polymerization.
  • the monomer having the functional group is subjected to emulsion polymerization or suspension polymerization.
  • the monomer having the functional group include allyl methacrylate, allyl acrylate, vinyl methacrylate, vinyl acrylate, 2-(vinyloxy)ethyl methacrylate, p-vinyloxystyrene, p-[2-(vinyloxy)ethyl]styene, glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl acrylate, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate or a blocked isocyanato thereof, for example, with an alcohol, 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate or a blocked isocyanato thereof, for example, with an alcohol, 2-aminoethyl methacrylate, 2-aminoethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl
  • a copolymer of the monomer having the functional group and a monomer having no thermo-reactive group copolymerizable with the monomer can also be used.
  • the copolymerizable monomer having no thermo-reactive group include styrene, an alkyl acrylate, an alkyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile and vinyl acetate, but the copolymerizable monomer having no thermo-reactive group should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • thermo-reactive group As the polymer reaction used in the case where the thermo-reactive group is introduced after the polymerization, polymer reactions described, for example, in WO 96/34316 can be exemplified.
  • polymer fine particles having a thermo-reactive group polymer fine particles which are coalesced with each other by heat are preferable, and those having a hydrophilic surface and dispersible in water are particularly preferable. It is preferred that the contact angle (water droplet in air) of a film prepared by coating only the polymer fine particle and drying the particle at temperature lower than the solidification temperature is lower than the contact angle (water droplet in air) of a film prepared by coating only the polymer fine particle and drying at temperature higher than the solidification temperature.
  • hydrophilic polymer or oligomer for example, polyvinyl alcohol or polyethylene glycol, or a hydrophilic low molecular weight compound adsorb on the surface of the polymer fine particle.
  • a hydrophilic polymer or oligomer for example, polyvinyl alcohol or polyethylene glycol
  • a hydrophilic low molecular weight compound adsorb on the surface of the polymer fine particle.
  • the method for hydrophilizing the surface of polymer fine particle should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • the solidification temperature of the polymer fine particle having a thermo-reactive group is preferably 70°C or higher, more preferably 100°C or higher in consideration of the time-lapse stability.
  • the average particle size of the polymer fine particle is preferably from 0.01 to 2.0 ⁇ m, more preferably from 0.05 to 2.0 ⁇ m, particularly preferably from 0.1 to 1.0 ⁇ m. In the range described above, good resolution and good time-lapse stability can be achieved.
  • the content of the hydrophobilizing precursor is preferably in a range of 5 to 90% by weight in terms of a solid content concentration.
  • a binder polymer can be used for the purpose of improving film strength of the image-recording layer.
  • the binder polymer for use in the invention can be selected from those heretofore known without restriction, and a polymer having a film-forming property is preferable.
  • the binder polymer include acrylic resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, polyurethane resins, polyurea resins, polyimide resins, polyamide resins, epoxy resins, methacrylic resins, polystyrene resins, novolac type phenolic resins, polyester resins, synthesis rubbers and natural rubbers.
  • the binder polymer may have a crosslinkable property in order to improve the film strength of the image area.
  • a crosslinkable functional group for example, an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced into a main chain or side chain of the polymer.
  • the crosslinkable functional group may be introduced by copolymerization.
  • Examples of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the main chain thereof include poly-1,4-butadiene and poly-1,4-isoprene.
  • Examples of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain thereof include a polymer of an ester or amide of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, which is a polymer wherein the ester or amide residue (R in -COOR or -CONHR) has an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • X represents a dicyclopentadienyl
  • the binder polymer having crosslinkable property is cured, for example, by addition of a free radical (a polymerization initiating radical or a growing radical of a polymerizable compound during polymerization) to the crosslinkable functional group of the polymer and undergoing addition polymerization between the polymers directly or through a polymerization chain of the polymerizable compound to form crosslinkage between the polymer molecules.
  • a free radical a polymerization initiating radical or a growing radical of a polymerizable compound during polymerization
  • it is cured by generation of a polymer radical upon extraction of an atom (for example, a hydrogen atom on a carbon atom adjacent to the functional crosslinkable group) in the polymer by a free radial and connecting the polymer radicals with each other to form cross-linkage between the polymer molecules.
  • the content of the crosslinkable group in the binder polymer is preferably from 0.1 to 10.0 mmol, more preferably from 1.0 to 7.0 mmol, most preferably from 2.0 to 5.5 mmol, based on 1 g of the binder polymer. In the range described above, good sensitivity and good preservation stability can be obtained.
  • the binder polymer has high solubility or high dispersibility in ink and/or dampening water.
  • the binder polymer is preferably oleophilic and in order to increase the solubility or dispersibility in the dampening water, the binder polymer is preferably hydrophilic. Therefore, it is effective in the invention that an oleophilic binder polymer and a hydrophilic binder polymer are used in combination.
  • the hydrophilic binder polymer preferably includes, for example, a polymer having a hydrophilic group, for example, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylate group, a hydroxyethyl group, a polyoxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group, a polyoxypropyl group, an amino group, an aminoethyl group, an aminopropyl group, an ammonium group, an amido group, a carboxymethyl group, a sulfo group or a phosphoric acid group.
  • a polymer having a hydrophilic group for example, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylate group, a hydroxyethyl group, a polyoxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group, a polyoxypropyl group, an amino group, an aminoethyl group, an aminopropyl group, an ammonium group, an amido group, a carboxymethyl group,
  • hydrophilic binder polymer examples include gum arabic, casein, gelatin, a starch derivative, carboxy methyl cellulose and a sodium salt thereof, cellulose acetate, sodium alginate, a vinyl acetate-maleic acid copolymer, a styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyacrylic acid and a salt thereof, polymethacrylic acid and a salt thereof, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxyethyl methacrylate, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxyethyl acrylate, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxypropyl methacrylate, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxypropyl acrylate, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxybutyl methacrylate, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxybutyl acrylate, a polyethylene glycol, a hydroxypropylene polymer, polyvin
  • the weight average molecular weight of the binder polymer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably from 10,000 to 300,000.
  • the number average molecular weight of the binder polymer is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably from 2,000 to 250,000.
  • the polydispersity (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) thereof is preferably from 1.1 to 10.
  • the binder polymer is available by purchasing a commercial product or synthesizing according to a known method.
  • the content of the binder polymer is ordinarily from 5 to 90% by weight, preferably from 5 to 80% by weight, more preferably from 10 to 70% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer. In the range described above, good strength of the image area and good image-forming property can be obtained.
  • the polymerizable compound (C) and the binder polymer (E) are used preferably in a weight ratio of 0.4/1 to 1.8/1, more preferably in a weight ratio of 0.7/1 to 1.5/1. In the range described above, the effect of the invention of increasing the on-press development property or gum development property while maintaining the printing durability can be remarkably achieved.
  • the image-recording layer according to the invention preferably has an embodiment of containing a microcapsule and/or microgel, from the standpoint of obtaining good on-press development property.
  • the embodiment of incorporating the above-described constituting components (A) to (C) of the image-recording layer and other constituting components described hereinafter into a microcapsule and/or microgel is preferable.
  • the microcapsule for use in the invention contains all or part of the constituting components (constituting components (A) to (C) described above) of the image-recording layer encapsulated as described, for example, in JP-A-2001-277740 and JP-A-2001-277742 .
  • the constituting components of the image-recording layer may be present outside the microcapsules. It is a more preferable embodiment of the image-recording layer containing microcapsule that hydrophobic constituting components are encapsulated in microcapsules and hydrophilic constituting components are present outside the microcapsules.
  • the image-recording layer may have an embodiment containing a crosslinked resin particle, that is, a microgel.
  • the microgel can contain a part of the constituting components (A) to (C) inside and/or on the surface thereof Particularly, an embodiment of a reactive microgel containing the polymerizable compound (C) on the surface thereof is preferable in view of the image-forming sensitivity and printing durability.
  • Methods of producing the microcapsule include, for example, a method of utilizing coacervation described in U.S. Patents 2,800,457 and 2,800,458 , a method of using interfacial polymerization described in U.S. Patent 3,287,154 , JP-B-38-19574 and JP-B-42-446 , a method of using deposition of polymer described in U.S. Patents 3,418,250 and 3,660,304 , a method of using an isocyanate polyol wall material described in U.S. Patent 3,796,669 , a method of using an isocyanate wall material described in U.S.
  • Patent 3,914,511 a method of using a urea-formzaldehyde-type or urea-formaldehyde-resorcinol-type wall-forming material described in U.S. Patens 4,001,140, 4,087,376 and 4,089,802, a method of using a wall material, for example, a melamine-formaldehyde resin or hydroxycellulose described in U.S. Patent 4,025,445 , an in-situ method by monomer polymerization described in JP-B-36-9163 and JP-B-51-9079 , a spray drying method described in British Patent 930,422 and U.S. Patent 3,111,407 , and an electrolytic dispersion cooling method described in British Patents 952,807 and 967,074 , but the invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • a preferable microcapsule wall used in the invention has three-dimensional crosslinking and has a solvent-swellable property.
  • a preferable wall material of the microcapsule includes polyurea, polyurethane, polyester, polycarbonate, polyamide and a mixture thereof, and polyurea and polyurethane are particularly preferred.
  • a compound having a crosslinkable functional group, for example, an ethylenically unsaturated bond, capable of being introduced into the binder polymer described hereinafter may be introduced into the microcapsule wall.
  • methods of preparing the microgel include, for example, a method of utilizing granulation by interfacial polymerization described in JP-B-38-19574 and JP-B-42-446 and a method of utilizing granulation by dispersion polymerization in a non-aqueous system described in JP-A-5-61214 , but the invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • microgel preferably used in the invention is granulated by interfacial polymerization and has three-dimensional crosslinking.
  • a preferable material to be used includes polyurea, polyurethane, polyester, polycarbonate, polyamide and a mixture thereof, and polyurea and polyurethane are particularly preferred.
  • the average particle size of the microcapsule or microgel is preferably from 0.01 to 3.0 ⁇ m, more preferably from 0.05 to 2.0 ⁇ m, particularly preferably from 0.10 to 1.0 ⁇ m. In the range described above, good resolution and good time-lapse stability can be achieved.
  • the image-recording layer according to the invention may further contain other components, if desired.
  • Other components constituting the image-recording layer according to the invention will be described blow.
  • a surfactant can be used in order to improve the state of coated surface.
  • the surfactant used includes, for example, a nonionic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant and a fluorine-based surfactant. Among them, a fluorine-based surfactant is preferable.
  • fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-based surfactant containing a perfluoroalkyl group in its molecule is exemplified.
  • fluorine-based surfactant include an anionic type, for example, perfluoroalkyl carboxylates, perfluoroalkyl sulfonates or perfluoroalkyl phosphates; an amphoteric type, for example, perfluoroalkyl betaines; a cationic type, for example, perfluoroalkyl trimethyl ammonium salts; and a nonionic type, for example, perfluoroalkyl amine oxides, perfluoroalkyl ethylene oxide adducts, oligomers having a perfluoroalkyl group and a hydrophilic group, oligomers having a perfluoroalkyl group and an oleophilic group, oligomers having a perfluoroalkyl group, a hydrophilic
  • the surfactants can be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably from 0.001 to 10% by weight, more preferably from 0.01 to 5% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • a dye having a large absorption in the visible region can be used as a coloring agent of the image formed.
  • the dye includes Oil yellow #101, Oil yellow #103, Oil pink #312, Oil green BG, Oil blue BOS, Oil blue #603, Oil black BY, Oil black BS, Oil black T-505 (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Victoria pure blue, Crystal violet (CI42555), Methyl violet (CI42535), Ethyl violet, Rhodamine B (CI45170B), Malachite green (CI42000), Methylene blue (CI52015) and dyes described in JP-A-62-293247 .
  • a pigment for example, a phthalocyanine pigment, an azo pigment, carbon black or titanium oxide can also preferably be used.
  • the amount of the coloring agent added is preferably from 0.01 to 10% by weight based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • a compound undergoing discoloration with an acid or radical can be added in order to form a print-out image.
  • various dyes for example, of diphenylmethane type, triphenylmethane type, thiazine type, oxazine type, xanthene type, anthraquinone type, iminoquinone type, azo type and azomethine type are effectively used.
  • dyes for example, Brilliant green, Ethyl violet, Methyl green, Crystal violet, basic Fuchsine, Methyl violet 2B, Quinaldine red, Rose Bengal, Methanyl yellow, Thimol sulfophthalein, Xylenol blue, Methyl orange, Paramethyl red, Congo red, Benzo purpurin 4B, ⁇ -Naphthyl red, Nile blue 2B, Nile blue A, Methyl violet, Malachite green, Parafuchsine, Victoria pure blue BOH (produced by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil blue #603 (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil pink #312 (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil red 5B (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil scarlet #308 (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil red OG (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil red RR (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil green #50
  • dyes
  • a leuco dye known as a material for heat-sensitive paper or pressure-sensitive paper is also preferably used.
  • Specific examples thereof include crystal violet lactone, malachite green lactone, benzoyl leuco methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)aminofluoran, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6-(n-ethyl-p-tolidino)fluoran, 3,6-dimethoxyfluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-5-methyl-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino)fluoran, 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-(N-N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-xy
  • the amount of the dye undergoing discoloration with an acid or radical is preferably from 0.01 to 10% by weight based on the solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • thermo polymerization inhibitor it is preferred to add a small amount of a thermal polymerization inhibitor to the image-recording layer according to the invention in order to inhibit undesirable thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound (C) during the production or preservation of the image-recording layer.
  • the thermal polymerization inhibitor preferably includes, for example, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butyl catechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol) and N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt.
  • the amount of the thermal polymerization inhibitor added is preferably from about 0.01 to about 5% by weight based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • a higher fatty acid derivative for example, behenic acid or behenic acid amide may be added to localize on the surface of the image-recording layer during a drying step after coating in order to avoid polymerization inhibition due to oxygen.
  • the amount of the higher fatty acid derivative added is preferably from about 0.1 to about 10% by weight based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • the image-recording layer according to the invention may contain a plasticizer in order to improve the on-press development property.
  • the plasticizer preferably includes, for example, a phthalic acid ester, e.g., dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, diisobutyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, octyl capryl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, ditridecyl phthalate, butyl benzyl phthalate, diisodecyl phthalate or diallyl phthalate; a glycol ester, e.g., dimethylglycol phthalate, ethylphthalylethyl glycolate, methylphthalylethyl glycolate, butylphthalylbutyl glycolate or triethylene glycol dicaprylate ester; a phosphoric acid ester, e.g., tricresyl phosphate or triphenyl phosphate; an aliphatic dibasic acid ester, e.g., diisobut
  • the amount of the plasticizer is preferably about 30% by weight or less based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • the image-recording layer according to the invention may contain fine inorganic particle in order to increase the strength of cured film and to improve the on-press development property.
  • the fine inorganic particle preferably includes, for example, silica, alumina, magnesium oxide, titanium oxide, magnesium carbonate, calcium alginate and a mixture thereof
  • the fine inorganic particle can be used, for example, for strengthening the film or enhancing interface adhesion property due to surface roughening.
  • the fine inorganic particle preferably has an average particle size from 5 run to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably from 0.5 to 3 ⁇ m. In the range described above, it is stably dispersed in the image-recording layer, sufficiently maintains the film strength of the image-recording layer and can form the non-imaging area excellent in hydrophilicity and prevented from the occurrence of stain at the time of printing.
  • the fine inorganic particle described above is easily available as a commercial product, for example, colloidal silica dispersion.
  • the content of the fine inorganic particle is preferably 40% by weight or less, more preferably 30% by weight or less, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound
  • the image-recording layer according to the invention may contain a hydrophilic low molecular weight compound in order to improve the on-press development property or gum development property without accompanying degradation of the printing durability, in addition to the betaine compound having the specific structure according to the invention.
  • the hydrophilic low molecular weight compound includes a water-soluble organic compound, for example, a glycol compound, e.g., ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol or tripropylene glycol, or an ether or ester derivative thereof, a polyhydroxy compound, e.g., glycerine, pentaerythritol or tris(2-hydroxyethyl)isocyanurate, an organic amine compound, e.g., triethanol amine, diethanol amine or monoethanol amine, or a salt thereof, an organic sulfonic acid compound, e.g., an alkyl sulfonic acid, toluene sulfonic acid or benzene sulfonic acid, or a salt thereof, an organic sulfamic acid compound, e.g., an alkyl sulfamic acid, or a salt thereof, an organic sulfuric acid compound,
  • an organic sulfonic acid an organic sulfamic acid or an organic sulfate, for example, sodium salt or lithium salt of an organic sulfuric acid is preferably used.
  • the salt of organic sulfonic acid include sodium n-butylsulfonate, sodium isobutylsulfonate, sodium sec-butylsulfonate, sodium tert-butylsulfonate, sodium n-pentylsulfonate, sodium 1-ethylpropylsulfonate, sodium n-hexylsulfonate, sodium 1,2-dimethylpropylsulfonate, sodium 2-ethylbutylsulfonate, sodium 2-ethylhexylsulfonate, sodium cyclohexylsulfonate, sodium n-beptylsulfonate, sodium n-octylsulfonate, sodium tert-octylsulfonate, sodium n-nonylsulfonate, sodium allylsulfonate, sodium 2-methylallylsulfonate, sodium 4-[2-(2-butyl
  • the salt of organic sulfamic acid include sodium n-butylsulfamate, sodium isobutylsulfamate, sodium tert-butylsulfamate, sodium n-pentylsulfamate, sodium 1-ethylpropylsulfamate, sodium n-hexylsulfamate, sodium 1,2-dimethylpropylsulfamate, sodium 2-ethylbutylsulfamate, sodium cyclohexylsulfamate and lithium salts of these compounds wherein the sodium is exchanged with lithium.
  • the hydrophilic low molecular weight compound has the hydrophobic portion of a small structure and almost no surface active function and thus, it can be clearly distinguished from the surfactant described hereinbefore in which a long-chain alkylsulfonate or a long-chain alkylbenzenesulfonate is preferably used.
  • organic sulfate a compound represented by formula (3) shown below is particularly preferably used.
  • R represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • X represents sodium, potassium or lithium.
  • R in formula (3) preferably represents a straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms. These groups may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent capable of being introduced include a straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom and an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms.
  • Preferable examples of the compound represented by formula (3) include sodium oxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, sodium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, potassium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, lithium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, sodium trioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, sodium tetraoxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, sodium dioxyethylene hexyl ether sulfate, sodium dioxyethylene octyl ether sulfate and sodium dioxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate.
  • Most preferable examples thereof include sodium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, potassium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate and lithium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate.
  • the amount of the hydrophilic low molecular weight compound added to the image-recording layer is preferably from 0.5 to 20% by weight, more preferably from 1 to 10% by weight, still more preferably from 2 to 8% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer. In the range described above, good on-press development property or gum development property and good printing durability are achieved.
  • hydrophilic low molecular weight compounds may be used individually or as a mixture of two or more thereof.
  • an oil-sensitizing agent for example, a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound or an ammonium group-containing polymer can be used into the image-recording layer.
  • These compounds function as a surface covering agent (oil-sensitizing agent) of the inorganic stratiform compound and prevents deterioration of the ink-receptive property during printing due to the inorganic stratiform compound.
  • R 1 to R 4 each independently represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group or a heterocyclic group, each of which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom, alternatively, at least two of R 1 to R 4 may be combined with each other to form a ring, and X - represents a counter anion.
  • Ar 1 to Ar 6 each independently represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group
  • L represents a divalent connecting group
  • X n- represents a n-valent counter anion
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • the aryl group preferably includes, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a fluorophenyl group, a chlorophenyl group, a bromophenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, an ethoxyphenyl group, a dimethoxyphenyl group, a methoxycarbonylphenyl group and a dimethylaminophenyl group.
  • the heterocyclic group preferably includes, for example, a pyridyl group, a quinolyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a thienyl group and a furyl group.
  • L preferably represents a divalent connecting group having from 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably a divalent connecting group having from 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • X n- preferably represents a halogen anion, for example, Cl - , Br - or I - , a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a sulfate ester anion, PF 6 - , BF 4 - and a perchlorate anion.
  • a halogen anion for example, Cl - , Br - or r, a sulfonate anion and a carboxylate anion are particularly preferable.
  • a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound described below is also exemplified as the oil-sensitizing agent, which is preferably used in the invention, as well as the phosphonium compound described above.
  • Preferable examples of the nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound include compounds having a structure represented by formula (6) shown below.
  • R 1 to R 4 each independently represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heterocyclic group, each of which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom, alternatively, at least two of R 1 to R 4 may be combined with each other to form a ring, and
  • X - represents an anion including PF 6 - , BF 4 - or an organic sulfonate anion having a substituent selected from an allyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group and a heterocyclic group.
  • the nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound for use in the invention includes an amine salt in which at least one of R 1 to R 4 in formula (6) is a hydrogen atom, a quaternary ammonium salt in which any of R 1 to R 4 in formula (6) is not a hydrogen atom. Also, it may have a structure of an imidazolinium salt represented by formula (7) shown below, of a benzimidazolinium salt represented by formula (8) shown below, of a pyridinium salt represented by formula (9) shown below, or of a quinolinium salt represented by formula (10) shown below.
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heterocyclic group, each of which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom
  • X - represents an anion having the same meaning as X - in formula (6).
  • the quaternary ammonium salt and pyridinium salt are preferably used. Specific examples thereof are set forth below.
  • the amount of the phosphonium compound or nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound added to the image-recording layer is preferably from 0.01 to 20% by weight, more preferably from 0.05 to 10% by weight, most preferably from 0.1 to 5% by weight, based on the solid content of the image-recording layer. In the range described above, good ink-receptive property during printing is obtained.
  • an ammonium group-containing polymer described below is also preferably exemplified.
  • the ammonium group-containing polymer may be any polymer containing an ammonium group in its structure and is preferably a polymer containing as repeating units, a structure represented by formula (11) shown below and a structure represented by formula (12) shown below.
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents a divalent connecting group, for example, an alkylene group which may have a substituent or an alkyleneoxy group which may have a substituent
  • R 31 , R 32 and R 33 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkyl group
  • X - represents an organic or inorganic anion, for example, F, Cl - , Br, r, a benzenesulfonate anion which may have a substituent, a methylsulfate anion, an ehtylsulfate anion, a propylsulfate anion, a butylsulfate anion which may be branched, an amylsulfate anion which may be branched, PF 6 - , BF 4 - or B(C 6 F 5 ) 4 - , R 4 represents an alky
  • the ammonium group-containing polymer includes at least one of the structural units represented by formula (11) and at least one of the structural units represented by formula (12), and it may include two or more of the structural units represented by formula (11) or (12) or both.
  • a ratio of the both structural units is not particularly restricted and is particularly preferably from 5:95 to 80:20.
  • the polymer may include other copolymerization component within a range of ensuring the effects of the invention.
  • a reduced specific viscosity value (unit: cSt/g/ml) obtained according to the measuring method described below is preferably from 5 to 120, more preferably from 10 to 110, particularly preferably from 15 to 100.
  • the content of the ammonium group-containing polymer is preferably from 0.0005 to 30.0% by weight, more preferably from 0.001 to 20.0% by weight, most preferably from 0.002 to 15.0% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer. In the range described above, good ink-receptive property is obtained.
  • the ammonium group-containing polymer may further be incorporated into a protective layer.
  • ammonium group-containing polymer Specific examples of the ammonium group-containing polymer are set forth below.
  • the image-recording layer according to the invention is formed by dispersing or dissolving each of the necessary constituting components described above in a solvent to prepare a coating solution and coating the solution on a support and drying.
  • the solvent used include, for example, ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2 propanol, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, dimethoxyethane, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetramethylurea, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, sulfolane, ⁇ -butyrolactone, toluene and water, but the invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • the solvents may be used individually or as a mixture.
  • the solid content concentration of the coating solution is preferably from 1 to 50% by weight.
  • the image-recording layer it is also possible to form the image-recording layer of multilayer structure by preparing plural coating solutions by dispersing or dissolving the same or different constituting components described above into the same or different solvents and conducting repeatedly the coating and drying plural times.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the image-recording layer formed on a support after coating and drying may be varied according to the intended purpose but is ordinarily preferably from 0.3 to 3.0 g/m 2 . In the range described above, good sensitivity and good film property of the image-recording layer can be achieved.
  • the coating method examples include bar coater coating, spin coating, spray coating, curtain coating, dip coating, air knife coating, blade coating and roll coating.
  • an undercoat layer (also referred to as an intermediate layer) is provided between the support and the image-recording layer, if desired.
  • the invention includes the embodiment wherein the undercoat layer contains the compound represented by formula (n or (II).
  • the undercoat layer makes removal of the image-recording layer from the support in the unexposed area easy and thus the developing property can be improved. Further, it is advantageous that in the case of infrared laser exposure, since the undercoat layer acts as a heat insulating layer, heat generated upon the exposure does not diffuse into the support and is efficiently utilized and as a result, the increase in sensitivity can be achieved.
  • a silane coupling agent having an addition-polymerizable ethylenic double bond reactive group described in JP-A-10-282679 and a phosphorus compound having an ethylenic double bond reactive group described in JP-A-2-304441 are preferably exemplified.
  • a polymer resin having an adsorbing group, a hydrophilic group and a crosslinkable group is exemplified.
  • the polymer resin is preferably obtained by copolymerization of a monomer having an adsorbing group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group and a monomer having a crosslinkable group.
  • the polymer resin for undercoat layer preferably has an adsorbing group to the hydrophilic surface of support. Whether adsorptivity to the hydrophilic surface of support is present or not can be judged, for example, by the following method.
  • a test compound is dissolved in an easily soluble solvent to prepare a coating solution, and the coating solution is coated and dried on a support so as to have the coating amount after drying of 30 mg/m 2 .
  • the residual amount of the test compound that has not been removed by the washing is measured to calculate the adsorption amount of the test compound to the support.
  • the residual amount of the test compound may be directly determined, or may be calculated by determining the amount of the test compound dissolved in the washing solution.
  • the determination for the test compound can be performed, for example, by X-ray fluorescence spectrometry measurement, reflection absorption spectrometry measurement or liquid chromatography measurement
  • the compound having the adsorptivity to support is a compound that remains by 1 mg/m 2 or more even after conducting the washing treatment described above.
  • the adsorbing group to the hydrophilic surface of support is a functional group capable of forming a chemical bond (for example, an ionic bond, a hydrogen bond, a coordinate bond or a bond with intermolecular force) with a substance (for example, metal or metal oxide) or a functional group (for example, a hydroxy group) present on the hydrophilic surface of support.
  • the adsorbing group is preferably an acid group or a cationic group.
  • the acid group preferably has an acid dissociation constant (pKa) of 7 or less.
  • the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, -SO 3 H, -OSO;H, -PO 3 H 2 , -OPO 3 H 2 , -CONHSO 2 -, -SO 2 NHSO 2 - and -COCH 2 COCH 3 .
  • -OPO 3 H 2, and -PO 3 H 2 are particularly preferred.
  • the acid group may be the form of a metal salt
  • the cationic group is preferably an onium group.
  • the onium group include an ammonium group, a phosphonium group, an arsonium group, a stibonium group, an oxonium group, a sulfonium group, a selenonium group, a stannonium group and iodonium group.
  • the ammonium group, phosphonium group and sulfonium group are preferred, the ammonium group and phosphonium group are more preferred, and the ammonium group is most preferred.
  • Particularly preferable examples of the monomer having the adsorbing group which can be used in synthesis of the polymer resin suitable for the compound for undercoat layer include a compound represented by the following formula (U1) or (U2):
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, halogen atom or an alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represents preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms, most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. It is particularly preferred that R 2 and R 3 each represents a hydrogen atom.
  • Z represents a functional group adsorbing to the hydrophilic surface of support
  • the above description on the adsorbing group can be referred to.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent connecting group. It is preferred that L represents a divalent aliphatic group (for example, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkenylene group, a substituted alkenylene group, an alkinylene group or a substituted alkinylene group), a divalent aromatic group (for example, an arylene group or a substituted arylene group), a divalent heterocyclic group or a combination of each of these groups with an oxygen atom (-O-), a sulfur atom (-S-), an imino group (-NH-), a substituted imino group (-NR-, where R represents an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group) or a carbonyl group (-CO-).
  • a divalent aliphatic group for example, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkenylene group, a substituted alkenylene group, an alkinylene group or
  • the divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the divalent aliphatic group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, most preferably from 1 to 10. It is preferred that the divalent aliphatic group is a saturated aliphatic group rather than an unsaturated aliphatic group.
  • the divalent aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the divalent aromatic group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 15, most preferably from 6 to 10.
  • the divalent aromatic group may have a substituent Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.
  • the divalent heterocyclic group has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the hetero ring.
  • Other heterocyclic ring, an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring may be condensed to the heterocyclic ring.
  • L represents a divalent connecting group containing a plurality of polyoxyalkylene structures in the invention. It is more preferred that the polyoxyalkylene structure is a polyoxyethylene structure. Specifically, it is preferred that L contains - (OCH 2 CH 2 ) n - (n is an integer of 2 or more).
  • X represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or imino group (-NH-).
  • X represents an oxygen atom.
  • Y represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Z is not mandatory and may represents a hydrogen atom because the quaternary pyridinium group itself exhibits the adsorptivity.
  • the polymer resin suitable for the compound for undercoat layer preferably has a hydrophilic group.
  • the hydrophilic group preferably includes, for example, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylate group, a hydroxyethyl group, a polyoxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group, a polyoxypropyl group, an amino group, an aminoethyl group, an aminopropyl group, an ammonium group, an amido group, a carboxymethyl group, a sulfo group and a phosphoric acid group.
  • a sulfo group exhibiting a highly hydrophilic property is preferable.
  • the monomer having a sulfo group include a sodium salt or amine salt of methallyloxybenzenesulfonic acid, allyloxybenzenesulfonic acid, allylsulfonic acid, vinylsulfonic acid, p-styrenesulfonic acid, methallylsulfonic acid, acrylamido-tert-butylsulfonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid or (3-acryloyloxypropyl)buthylsulfonic acid.
  • sodium salt of 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid is preferable.
  • Such a monomer is preferably used in the synthesis of the polymer resin suitable for the compound for undercoat layer.
  • the polymer resin for undercoat layer according to the invention preferably has a crosslinkable group.
  • the crosslinkable group acts to improve the adhesion property to the image area.
  • introduction of a crosslinkable functional group for example, an ethylenically unsaturated bond into the side chain of the polymer or introduction by formation of a salt structure between a polar substituent of the polymer resin and a compound containing a substituent having a counter charge to the polar substituent of the polymer resin and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is used.
  • Examples of the polymer having the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain thereof include a polymer of an ester or amide of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, wherein the ester or amide residue (R in -COOR or -CONHR) has the ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • X represents a dicyclopentadien
  • an ester or amide of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid having the crosslinkable group described above is preferably used.
  • the content of the crosslinkable group (content of the radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond determined by iodine titration) in the polymer resin for undercoat layer is preferably from 0.1 to 10.0 mmol, more preferably from 1.0 to 7.0 mmol, most preferably from 2.0 to 5.5 mmol, based on 1 g of the polymer resin. In the range described above, preferable compatibility between the sensitivity and stain resistance and good preservation stability can be achieved.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer resin for undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably from 10,000 to 300,000.
  • the number average molecular weight of the polymer resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably from 2,000 to 250,000.
  • the polydispersity (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) thereof is preferably from 1.1 to 10.
  • the polymer resin for undercoat layer may be any of a random polymer, a block polymer, a graft polymer and the like, and is preferably a random polymer.
  • the polymer resins for undercoat layer may be used individually or in a mixture of two or more thereof.
  • the undercoat layer according to the invention may include a secondary or a tertiary amine or a polymerization inhibitor in order to prevent the occurrence of stain due to preservation of the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • the secondary or tertiary amine include imidazole, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 4-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde, tris(2-hydroxy-1-methyl)amine, 1,4-diazobicyclo[2,2,2]octane (DABCO), 1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4,4,0]deca-5-ene, 1,8-diazobicyclo[5,4,0]undeca-7-ene, 1,10-phenanthroline, 1,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)biphenyl, diphenylamine, 1,3-diphenylguanidine, 4-phenylpyridine and N,N'-ethylenebis(2,2,5,
  • the polymerization inhibitor includes known thermal polymerization inhibitors.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include compounds selected from the group consisting of a phenolic hydroxy group-containing compound, a quinone compound, an N-oxide compound, a pyridine-1-oxyl free radical compound, a pyrrolidine-1-oxyl free radical compound, an N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine compound, a diazonium compound, a cationic dye, a sulfido group-containing compound, a nitro group-containing compound and a transition metal compound, for example, FeCl 3 or CuCl 2 .
  • the quinone compound is particularly preferable.
  • quinone compound examples include 1,4-benzoquinine, 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-1,4-benzoquinine, 2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-benzoquinine, chloranil, 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinine, naphthoquinone, 2-fluoro-1,4-naphthoquinone, 2-hydroxyethyl-1,4-naphthoquinone, anthraquinone, 1,2,4-trihydroxyanthraquinone and 2,6-dihydroxyanthraquinone.
  • the amount of such a compound added to the undercoat layer is preferably from 10 to 90% by weight, more preferably from 20 to 80% by weight, most preferably from 30 to 70% by weight, to the constituting component of the undercoat layer.
  • a compound having an amino group or a functional group having a polymerization inhibiting function and a group capable of interacting with the surface of aluminum support can also be used.
  • the group capable of interacting with the surface of aluminum support include a trialkoxysilyl group, an onium group and an acid group selected from a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, -SO 3 H, -OSO 3 H, -PO 3 H 2 . -OPO 3 H 2 , -CONHSO 2 -, -SO 2 NHSO 2 - and -COCH 2 CO- and a metal salt thereof
  • Examples of the compound having an amino group and a group capable of interacting with the surface of aluminum support include a salt of 1,4-diazobicyclo[2,2,2]octane and an acid, a compound containing at least one 4-aza-1-azoniabicyclo[2,2,2]octane structure (for example, 1-methyl-4-aza-1-azoniabicyclo[2,2,2]octane p-toluenesulfonate), ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, hydroxyenediaminetriacetic acid, dihydroxyenediaminediacetic acid, 1,3-propanediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid and hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid
  • Examples of the compound having a functional group having a polymerization inhibiting function and a group capable of interacting with the surface of aluminum support include 2-trimethoxysilylpropylthio-1,4-
  • a coating solution for undercoat layer is obtained by dissolving the polymer resin for undercoat layer and necessary additives in an organic solvent (for example, methanol, ethanol, acetone or methyl ethyl ketone) and/or water.
  • the coating solution for undercoat layer may contain an infrared absorbing agent.
  • the coating solution for undercoat layer on the support various known methods can be used. Examples of the method include bar coater coating, spin coating, spray coating, curtain coating, dip coating, air knife coating, blade coating and roll coating.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably from 0.1 to 100 mg/m 2 , more preferably from 1 to 30 mg/m 2 .
  • the aluminum plate includes a pure aluminum plate, an alloy plate comprising aluminum as a main component and containing a trace amount of hetero elements and a thin film of aluminum or aluminum alloy laminated with plastic.
  • the hetero element contained in the aluminum alloy includes, for example, silicon, iron, manganese, copper, magnesium, chromium, zinc, bismuth, nickel and titanium.
  • the content of the hetero element in the aluminum alloy is preferably 10% by weight or less.
  • a pure aluminum plate is preferred in the invention, since completely pure aluminum is difficult to be produced in view of the refining technique, the aluminum plate may slightly contain the hetero element.
  • the composition is not specified for the aluminum plate and those materials conventionally known and used can be appropriately utilized.
  • the thickness of the support is preferably from 0.1 to 0.6 mm, more preferably from 0.15 to 0.4 mm.
  • a surface treatment for example, roughening treatment or anodizing treatment is preferably performed.
  • the surface treatment facilitates improvement in the hydrophilic property and ensure for adhesion property between the image-recording layer and the support.
  • a degreasing treatment for example, with a surfactant, an organic solvent or an aqueous alkaline solution is conducted for removing rolling oil on the surface thereof, if desired.
  • the roughening treatment of the surface of the aluminum plate is conducted by various methods and includes, for example, mechanical roughening treatment, electrochemical roughening treatment (roughening treatment of electrochemically dissolving the surface) and chemical roughening treatment (roughening treatment of chemically dissolving the surface selectively).
  • a known method for example, ball graining, brush graining, blast graining or buff graining can be used.
  • a transfer method can be employed wherein using a roll having concavo-convex shape the concavo-convex shape is transferred to the surface of aluminum plate during a rolling step of the aluminum plate.
  • the electrochemical roughening treatment method includes, for example, a method of conducting by passing alternating current or direct current in an electrolytic solution containing an acid, for example, hydrochloric acid or nitric acid. Also, a method of using a mixed acid described in JP-A-54-63902 can be exemplified.
  • the aluminum plate subjected to the roughening treatment is subjected, if desired, to an alkali etching treatment using an aqueous solution, for example, of potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide and further subjected to a neutralizing treatment, and then subjected to an anodizing treatment for improving the abrasion resistance, if desired.
  • an alkali etching treatment using an aqueous solution, for example, of potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide and further subjected to a neutralizing treatment, and then subjected to an anodizing treatment for improving the abrasion resistance, if desired.
  • electrolyte used for the anodizing treatment of the aluminum plate various electrolytes capable of forming porous oxide film can be used. Ordinarily, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, oxalic acid, chromic acid or a mixed acid thereof is used. The concentration of the electrolyte can be appropriately determined depending on the kind of the electrolyte used.
  • electrolyte concentration in the solution is from 1 to 80% by weight
  • liquid temperature is from 5 to 70°C
  • current density is from 5 to 60 A/dm 2
  • voltage is from 1 to 100 V
  • electrolysis time is from 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the amount of the anodized film formed is preferably from 1.0 to 5.0 g/m 2 , more preferably from 1.5 to 4.0 g/m 2 . In the range described above, good printing durability and good scratch resistance in the non-image area of lithographic printing plate can be achieved.
  • the aluminum plate subjected to the surface treatment and having the anodized film as described above is used as it is as the support in the invention.
  • other treatment for example, an enlarging treatment of micropores or a sealing treatment of micropores of the anodized film described in JP-A-2001-253181 and JP-A-2001-322365 , or a surface hydrophilizing treatment by immersing in an aqueous solution containing a hydrophilic compound may be appropriately conducted.
  • the enlarging treatment and sealing treatment are not limited to those described in the above-described patents and any conventionally known method may be employed.
  • a sealing treatment with fluorozirconic acid alone a sealing treatment with sodium fluoride or a sealing treatment with steam having added thereto lithium chloride may be employed.
  • the sealing treatment for use in the invention is not particularly limited and conventionally known methods can be employed. Among them, a sealing treatment with an aqueous solution containing an inorganic fluorine compound, a sealing treatment with water vapor and a sealing treatment with hot water are preferred. The sealing treatments will be described in more detail below, respectively.
  • a metal fluoride is preferably exemplified.
  • Specific examples thereof include sodium fluoride, potassium fluoride, calcium fluoride, magnesium fluoride, sodium fluorozirconate, potassium fluorozirconate, sodium fluorotitanate, potassium fluorotitanate, ammonium fluorozirconate, ammonium fluorotitanate, potassium fluorotitanate, fluorozirconic acid, fluorotitanic acid, hexafluorosilicic acid, nickel fluoride, iron fluoride, fluorophosphoric acid and ammonium fluorophosphate.
  • sodium fluoroarconate, sodium fluorotitanate, fluorozirconic acid and fluorotitanic acid are preferred.
  • the concentration of the inorganic fluorine compound in the aqueous solution is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.05% by weight or more, in view of performing satisfactory sealing of micropores of the anodized film, and it is preferably 1% by weight or less, more preferably 0.5% by weight or less, in view of the stain resistance.
  • the aqueous solution containing an inorganic fluorine compound preferably further contains a phosphate compound.
  • a phosphate compound When the phosphate compound is contained, the hydrophilicity on the anodized film surface is increased and thus, the on-press development property and stain resistance can be improved.
  • phosphate compound examples include phosphates of metal, for example, an alkali metal or an alkaline earth metal.
  • the phosphate compound include zinc phosphate, aluminum phosphate, ammonium phosphate, diammonium hydrogen phosphate, ammonium dihydrogen phosphate, monoammonium phosphate, monopotassium phosphate, monosodium phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, dipotassium hydrogen phosphate, calcium phosphate, sodium ammonium hydrogen phosphate, magnesium hydrogen phosphate, magnesium phosphate, ferrous phosphate, ferric phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, lead phosphate, diammonium phosphate, calcium dihydrogen phosphate, lithium phosphate, phosphotungstic acid, ammonium phosphotungstate, sodium phosphotungstate.
  • ammonium phosphomolybdate, sodium phosphomolybdate, sodium phosphite, sodium tripolyphosphate and sodium pyrophosphate are preferred.
  • sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate and dipotassium hydrogen phosphate are preferred.
  • the combination of inorganic fluorine compound and phosphate compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferred that the aqueous solution contains at least sodium fluorozirconate as the inorganic fluorine compound and at least sodium dihydrogen phosphate as the phosphate compound.
  • the concentration of the phosphate compound in the aqueous solution is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.1% by weight or more, in view of improvement in the on-press development property and stain resistance, and it is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 5% by weight or less, in view of solubility.
  • the ratio of respective compounds in the aqueous solution is not particularly limited, and the weight ratio between the inorganic fluorine compound and the phosphate compound is preferably from 1/200 to 10/1, more preferably from 1/30 to 2/1.
  • the temperature of the aqueous solution is preferably 20°C or more, more preferably 40°C or more, and it is preferably 100°C or less, more preferably 80°C or less.
  • the pH of the aqueous solution is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and it is preferably 11 or less, more preferably 5 or less.
  • a method of the sealing treatment with the aqueous solution containing an inorganic fluorine compound is not particularly limited and examples thereof include a dipping method and a spray method.
  • One of the treatments may be used alone once or multiple times, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • the dipping method is preferred.
  • the treating time is preferably one second or more, more preferably 3 seconds or more, and it is preferably 100 seconds or less, more preferably 20 seconds or less.
  • Examples of the sealing treatment with water vapor include a method of continuously or discontinuously bringing water vapor under applied pressure or normal pressure into contact with the anodized film.
  • the temperature of the water vapor is preferably 80°C or more, more preferably 95°C or more, and it is preferably 105°C or less.
  • the pressure of the water vapor is preferably in a range from (atmospheric pressure-50 mmAg) to (atmospheric pressure + 300 mmAg) (from 1.008 ⁇ 10 5 to 1.043 ⁇ 10 5 Pa).
  • the time period for which water vapor is contacted is preferably one second or more, more preferably 3 seconds or more, and it is preferably 100 seconds or less, more preferably 20 seconds or less.
  • Examples of the sealing treatment with hot water include a method of dipping the aluminum plate having formed thereon the anodized film in hot water.
  • the hot water may contain an inorganic salt (for example, a phosphate) or an organic salt.
  • an inorganic salt for example, a phosphate
  • organic salt for example, a phosphate
  • the temperature of the hot water is preferably 80°C or more, more preferably 95°C or more, and it is preferably 100°C or less.
  • the time period for which the aluminum plate is dipped in the hot water is preferably one second or more, more preferably 3 seconds or more, and it is preferably 100 seconds or less, more preferably 20 seconds or less.
  • the hydrophilizing treatment includes an alkali metal silicate method described in U.S. Patents 2,714,066 , 3,181,461 , 3,280,734 and 3,902,734 .
  • the support is subjected to immersion treatment or electrolytic treatment in an aqueous solution containing, for example, sodium silicate.
  • the hydrophilizing treatment includes, for example, a method of treating with potassium fluorozirconate described in JP-B-36-22063 and a method of treating with polyvinyl phosphonic acid described in U.S. Patents 3,276,868 , 4,153,461 and 4,689,272 .
  • the hydrophilic layer preferably includes a hydrophilic layer formed by coating a coating solution containing a colloid of oxide or hydroxide of at least one element selected from beryllium, magnesium, aluminum, silicon, titanium, boron, germanium, tin, zirconium, iron, vanadium, antimony and a transition metal described in JP-A-2001-199175 , a hydrophilic layer containing an organic hydrophilic matrix obtained by crosslinking or pseudo-crosslinking of an organic hydrophilic polymer described in JP-A-2002-79772 , a hydrophilic layer containing an inorganic hydrophilic matrix obtained by sol-gel conversion comprising hydrolysis and condensation reaction of polyalkoxysilane and titanate, zirconate or aluminate, and a hydrophilic
  • an antistatic layer on the hydrophilic layer side, opposite side to the hydrophilic layer or both sides.
  • the antistatic layer a polymer layer having fine particles of metal oxide or a matting agent dispersed therein described in JP-A-2002-79772 can be used.
  • the support preferably has a center line average roughness of 0.10 to 12 ⁇ m In the range described above, good adhesion property to the image-recording layer, good printing durability and good stain resistance can be achieved.
  • a protective layer on the image-recording layer.
  • the protective layer has a function for preventing, for example, occurrence of scratch in the image-recording layer or ablation caused by exposure with a high illuminance laser beam, in addition to the function for restraining an inhibition reaction against the image formation by means of oxygen blocking.
  • the exposure process of a lithographic printing plate precursor is performed in the air.
  • the image-forming reaction occurred upon the exposure process in the image-recording layer may be inhibited by a low molecular weight compound, for example, oxygen or a basic substance present in the air.
  • the protective layer prevents the low molecular weight compound, for example, oxygen or the basic substance from penetrating into the image-recording layer and as a result, the inhibition of image-forming reaction at the exposure process in the air can be avoided.
  • the property required of the protective layer is to reduce permeability of the low molecular compound, for example, oxygen
  • the protective layer preferably has good transparency to light used for the exposure, is excellent in an adhesion property to the image-recording layer, and can be easily removed during the on-press development processing step after the exposure.
  • the protective layer having such properties there are described, for example, in U.S. Patent 3,458,311 and JP-B-5549729 .
  • any water-soluble polymer and water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected to use.
  • a water-soluble polymer for example, polyvinyl alcohol, a modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl imidazole, polyacrylic acid, polyacrylamide, a partially saponified product of polyvinyl acetate, an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a water-soluble cellulose derivative, gelatin, a starch derivative or gum arabic
  • a polymer for example, polyvinylidene chloride, poly(meth)acrylonivile, polysulfone, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyamide or cellophane are exemplified.
  • the polymers may be used in combination of two or more thereof, if desired
  • a water-soluble polymer compound excellent in crystallinity is exemplified.
  • polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl imidazole, a water-soluble acrylic resin, for example, polyacrylic acid, gelatin or gum arabic is preferably used.
  • polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl imidazole are more preferably used from the standpoint of capability of coating with water as a solvent and easiness of removal with dampening water at the printing.
  • polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) provides most preferable results on the fundamental properties, for example, oxygen blocking property or removability with development.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol for use in the protective layer may be partially substituted with ester, ether or acetal as long as it contains a substantial amount of unsubstituted vinyl alcohol units necessary for maintaining water solubility. Also, the polyvinyl alcohol may partially contain other copolymerization components.
  • polyvinyl alcohols of various polymerization degrees having at random a various kind of hydrophilic modified cites for example, an anion-modified cite modified with an anion, e.g., a carboxyl group or a sulfo group, a cation-modified cite modified with a cation, e.g., an amino group or an ammonium group, a silanol-modified cite or a thiol-modified cite, and polyvinyl alcohols of various polymerization degrees having at the terminal of the polymer chain a various kind of modified cites, for example, the above-described anion-modified cite, cation modified cite, silanol-modified cite or thiol-modified cite, an alkoxy-modified cite, a sulfide-modified cite, an ester modified cite of vinyl alcohol with a various kind of organic acids, an ester modified cite of the above-de
  • Preferable examples of the polyvinyl alcohol include those having a hydrolysis degree of 71 to 100% by mole and a polymerization degree of 300 to 2,400.
  • Specific examples of the polyvinyl alcohol include PVA-105, PVA-110, PVA-117, PVA-117H, PVA-120, PVA-124, PVA-124H, PVA-CS, PVA-CST, PVA-HC, PVA-203, PVA-204, PVA-205, PVA-210, PVA-217, PVA-220, PVA-224, PVA-217EE, PVA-217E, PVA-220E, PVA-224E, PVA-405, PVA-420, PVA-613 and L-8, produced by Kuraray Co., Ltd.
  • modified polyvinyl alcohol examples include that having an anion-modified cite, for example, Ski,-318, KL-118, KM-618, KM-118 or SK-5102, that having a cation-modified cite, for example, C-318, C-118 or CM-318, that having a terminal thiol-modified cite, for example, M-205 or M-115, that having a terminal sulfide-modified cite, for example, MP-103, MP-203, MP-102 or MP-202, that having an ester-modified cite with a higher fatty acid at the terminal, for example, HL-12E or HL-1203 and that having a reactive silane-modified cite, for example, R-1130, R-2105 or R-2130.
  • anion-modified cite for example, Ski,-318, KL-118, KM-618, KM-118 or SK-5102
  • a cation-modified cite for example, C-318,
  • the protective layer contains an inorganic stratiform compound, that is, an inorganic compound having a stratiform structure and a tabular shape.
  • an inorganic stratiform compound that is, an inorganic compound having a stratiform structure and a tabular shape.
  • the stratiform compound includes, for instance, mica, for example, natural mica represented by the following formula: A (B, C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH, F, O) 2 , (wherein A represents any one of Li, K, Na, Ca, Mg and an organic cation, B and C each represents any one of Fe (II), Fe(III), Mn, Al, Mg and V, and D represents Si or Al) or synthetic mica, talc represented by the following formula: 3MgO ⁇ 4SiO ⁇ H 2 O, teniolite, montmorillonite, saponite, hectolite and zirconium phosphate.
  • A represents any one of Li, K, Na, Ca, Mg and an organic cation
  • B and C each represents any one of Fe (II), Fe(III), Mn, Al, Mg and V
  • D represents Si or Al
  • talc represented by the following formula: 3MgO ⁇ 4SiO ⁇ H 2 O, teniolite, montmorillon
  • examples of the natural mica include muscovite, paragonite, phlogopite, biotite and lepidolite.
  • examples of the synthetic mica include non-swellable mica, for example, fluorphlogopite KMg 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 )F 2 or potassium tetrasilic mica KMg 2.5 (Si 4 O 10 )F 2 , and swellable mica, for example, Na tetrasilic mica NaMg 2.5 (Si 4 O 10 )F 2 , Na or Li teniolite (Na, Li)Mg 2 Li(Si 4 O 10 )F 2 , or montmorillonite based Na or Li hectolite (Na, Li) 1/8 Mg 2/5 Li 1/8 Si 4 O 10 )F 2 . Synthetic smectite is also useful.
  • fluorine-based swellable mica which is a synthetic stratiform compound
  • the mica and an swellable clay mineral for example, montmorillonite, saponite, hectolite or bentonite have a stratiform structure comprising a unit crystal lattice layer having thickness of approximately 10 to 15 angstroms, and metallic atom substitution in the lattices thereof is remarkably large in comparison with other clay minerals.
  • the lattice layer results in lack of positive charge and to compensate it, a cation, for example, Li + , Na + , Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ or an organic cation, e.g., an amine salt, a quaternary ammonium salt, a phosphonium salt or a sulfonium salt is adsorbed between the lattice layers.
  • a cation for example, Li + , Na + , Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ or an organic cation, e.g., an amine salt, a quaternary ammonium salt, a phosphonium salt or a sulfonium salt is adsorbed between the lattice layers.
  • the stratiform compound swells upon contact with water. When share is applied under such condition, the stratiform crystal lattices are easily cleaved to form a stable sol in water. Since the bentnite and swellable synthetic mica have strongly such tendency, they are
  • an aspect ratio of the stratiform compound is ordinarily 20 or more, preferably 100 or more, particularly preferably 200 or more.
  • the aspect ratio is a ratio of thickness to major axis of particle and can be determined, for example, from a projection drawing of particle by a microphotography. The larger the aspect ratio, the greater the effect obtained.
  • an average diameter is ordinarily from 0.3 to 20 ⁇ m, preferably from 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m, particularly preferably from 1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the particle diameter is less than 0.3 ⁇ m, the inhibition of permeation of oxygen or moisture is insufficient and the effect of the stratiform compound can not be satisfactorily achieved
  • the dispersion stability of the particle in the coating solution is insufficient to cause a problem in that stable coating can not be performed.
  • An average thickness of the particle is ordinarily 0.1 ⁇ m or less, preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness is approximately from 1 to 50 nm and the plain size is approximately from 1 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the protective layer When such an inorganic stratiform compound particle having a large aspect ratio is incorporated into the protective layer, strength of the coated layer increases and penetration of oxygen or moisture can be effectively inhibited and thus, the protective layer can be prevented from deterioration due to deformation, and even when the lithographic printing plate precursor is preserved for a long period of time under a high humidity condition, it is prevented from decrease in the image-forming property thereof due to the change of humidity and exhibits excellent preservation stability.
  • a swellable stratiform compound which is exemplified as a preferable stratiform compound is added to 100 parts by weight of water to adapt the compound to water and to be swollen, followed by dispersing using a dispersing machine.
  • the dispersing machine used include, for example, a variety of mills conducting dispersion by directly applying mechanical power, a high-speed agitation type dispersing machine providing a large shear force and a dispersion machine providing ultrasonic energy of high intensity.
  • a dispersion containing from 5 to 10% by weight of the inorganic stratiform compound thus prepared is highly viscous or gelled and exhibits extremely good preservation stability.
  • the dispersion is diluted with water, sufficiently stirred and then mixed with a binder solution.
  • the content of the inorganic stratiform compound in the protective layer is ordinarily from 5/1 to 1/100 in terms of a weight ratio of the inorganic stratiform compound to the amount of a binder used in the protective layer.
  • the total amount of the inorganic stratiform compounds is in the range of weight ratio described above.
  • glycerin, dipropylene glycol, propionamide, cyclohexane diol, sorbitol or the like can be added in an amount corresponding to several % by weight of the water-soluble or water-insoluble polymer to impart flexibility.
  • a known additive for example, a water-soluble (meth)acrylic polymer or a water-soluble plasticizer can be added in order to improve the physical property of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer according to the invention is formed using a coating solution for protective layer as described below and to the coating solution for protective layer may be added known additives for increasing an adhesion property to the image-recording layer or for improving time-lapse stability of the coating solution.
  • an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant can be added to the coating solution of protective layer in order to improve the coating property.
  • an anionic surfactant for example, sodium alkyl sulfate or sodium alkyl sulfonate; an amphoteric surfactant, for example, alkylamino carboxylic acid salt or alkylamino dicarboxylic acid salt; or a non-ionic surfactant, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether can be added.
  • the amount of the surfactant added is from 0.1 to 100% by weight of the water-soluble or water-insoluble polymer.
  • JP-A-49-70702 and BP-A-1,303,578 for the purpose of improving the adhesion property to the image-recording layer, for example, it is described in JP-A-49-70702 and BP-A-1,303,578 that sufficient adhesion can be obtained by mixing from 20 to 60% by weight of an acrylic emulsion, a water-insoluble vinyl pyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer or the like in a hydrophilic polymer mainly comprising polyvinyl alcohol and coating the mixture on the image-recording layer.
  • any of such known techniques can be used.
  • the oil-sensitizing agent for example, the nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, ammonium group-containing polymer as described above may be added to the protective layer.
  • the amount thereof added is preferably in a range of 0.5 to 30% by weight
  • a coloring agent for Example, a water-soluble dye
  • a spherical fine inorganic particle as described above with respect to the image-recording layer may be incorporated into the protective layer.
  • the fine inorganic particle preferably includes, for example, silica, alumina, magnesium oxide, titanium oxide, magnesium carbonate, calcium alginate and a mixture thereof.
  • the fine inorganic particle preferably has an average particle size from 5 nm to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably from 50 nm to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the fine inorganic particle described above is easily available as a commercial product, for example, colloidal silica dispersion.
  • the content of the fine inorganic particle is preferably 40% by weight or less, more preferably 20% by weight or less, based on the total solid content of the protective layer.
  • protective layer is formed by coating a coating solution for protective layer prepared by dispersing or dissolving the components of protective layer in a solvent on the image-recording layer, followed by drying.
  • the coating solvent may be appropriately selected in view of the binder used, and when a water-soluble polymer is used, distilled water or purified water is preferably used as the solvent.
  • a coating method of the protective layer is not particularly limited, and known methods, for example, methods described in U.S. Patent 3,458,311 and JP-B-55-49729 can be utilized.
  • protective layer for example, a blade coating method, an air knife coating method, a gravure coating method, a roll coating methods, a spray coating method, a dip coating method or a bar coating method is used.
  • the coating amount of the protective layer is preferably in a range from 0.01 to 10 g/m 2 , more preferably in a range from 0.02 to 3 g/m 2 , most preferably in a range from 0.02 to 1 g/m 2 , in terms of the coating amount after drying.
  • a backcoat layer can be provided on the back surface of the support, if desired.
  • the backcoat layer preferably includes, for example, a coating layer comprising an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885 and a coating layer comprising a metal oxide obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation of an organic metal compound or an inorganic metal compound described in JP-A-6-34174 .
  • a coating layer comprising an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885 and a coating layer comprising a metal oxide obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation of an organic metal compound or an inorganic metal compound described in JP-A-6-34174 .
  • an alkoxy compound of silicon for example, Si(OCH 3 ) 4 , Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 4 , Si(OC 3 H 7 ) 4 or Si(OC 4 H 9 ) 4 is preferred since the starting materials are inexpensive and easily available.
  • the plate making method of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention includes two embodiments.
  • the first embodiment is on-press development and the second embodiment is gum development.
  • the on-press development method includes a step in which the lithographic printing plate precursor is imagewise exposed and a printing step in which oily ink and an aqueous component are supplied to the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor without undergoing any development processing to perform printing, and it is characterized in that the unexposed area of the image-recording layer is removed in the course of the printing step.
  • the imagewise exposure may be performed after the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a printing machine or after the imagewise exposure the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a printing machine.
  • the printing operation is initiated using the printing machine with supplying printing ink and dampening water and at an early stage of the printing the on-press development is performed. Specifically, the image recording layer in the unexposed area is removed and the hydrophilic surface of support is revealed therewith to form the dampening water-receptive area and thus, the printing can be carried out.
  • the on-press development method is described in more detail below.
  • a laser is preferable.
  • the laser for use in the invention is not particularly restricted and includes, for example, a solid laser or semiconductor laser emitting an infrared ray having a wavelength of 760 to 1,200 nm.
  • the output is preferably 100 mW or more, the exposure time per pixel is preferably within 20 microseconds, and the irradiation energy is preferably from 10 to 300 mJ/cm 2 .
  • the laser exposure in order to shorten the exposure time, it is preferred to use a multibeam laser device.
  • the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a plate cylinder of a printing machine.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a plate cylinder of the printing machine and then subjected to the imagewise exposure.
  • the image-recording layer cured by the exposure forms the printing ink receptive area having the oleophilic surface.
  • the uncured image-recording layer is removed by dissolution or dispersion with the dampening water and/or printing ink supplied to reveal the hydrophilic surface in the area.
  • dampening water or printing ink may be supplied at first on the surface of lithographic printing plate precursor, it is preferred to supply the printing ink at first in view of preventing the dampening water from contamination with the component of the image-recording layer removed.
  • dampening water and printing ink dampening water and printing ink for conventional lithographic printing are used respectively.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor is subjected to the on-press development on an offset printing machine and used as it is for printing a large number of sheets.
  • the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor may be subjected to removal of the image-recording layer in the non-image area using a gum solution. After that, the resulting lithographic printing plate is used for printing.
  • the term "gum solution” as used in the invention means an aqueous solution containing a hydrophilic resin. The incorporation of hydrophilic resin makes it possible to protect the hydrophilic support revealed by the removal of the image-recording layer in the non-image area and to protect the image area.
  • gum arabic which has a strong oil-desensitizing function is ordinarily used and an aqueous solution containing from about 15 to about 20% by weight of gum arabic is often used as the gum solution.
  • Various water-soluble resins are used as the oil-desensitizing agent other than the gum arabic.
  • dextrin, sterabic, stractan, alginic acid salt, polyacrylic acid salt, hydroxyethyl cellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyacrylamide, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, carboxyalkyl cellulose salt and water-soluble polysaccharide extracted from soybean curd refuse are preferable, and pullulan, a derivative thereof and polyvinyl alcohol are also preferable.
  • roast starch for example, British gum
  • an enzymatically modified dextrin for example, enzyme dextrin or Shardinger dextrin
  • oxidized starch for example, solubilized starch
  • alphalized starch for example, modified alphalized starch or unmodified alphalized starch
  • esterified starch for example, starch phosphate, starch of fatty acid, starch sulfate, starch nitrate, starch xanthate or starch carbamate
  • etherified starch for example, carboxyalkyl starch, hydroxyalkyl starch, sulfoalkyl starch, cyanoethyl starch, allyl starch, benzyl starch, carbamylethyl starch or dialkylamino starch
  • cross-linked starch for example, methylol cross-linked starch, hydroxyalkyl cross-linked starch, phosphoric acid cross-linked
  • starch for example, sweet potato starch, potato starch, tapioca starch, wheat starch or corn starch, a polymer obtained from seaweed, for example, carrageenan, laminaran, seaweed mannan, funori, Irish moss, agar or sodium alginate, plant mucilage, for example, of tororoaoi, mannan, quince seed, pectin, tragacanth gum, karaya gum, xanthine gum, guar bean gum, locust bean gum, carob gum or benzoin gum, bacteria mucilage, for example, of homopolysaccharide, e.g., dextran, glucan or levan or of heteropolysaccharide, e.g., succinoglucan or xanthan gum, or protein, for example, glue, gelatin, casein or collagen is preferably used.
  • seaweed for example, carrageenan, laminaran, seaweed mannan, funori, Irish
  • the water-soluble resins may be used in combination of two or more thereof
  • the water-soluble resin may be preferably contained in a range of 1 to 50% by weight, more preferably in a range of 3 to 30% by weight in the gum solution.
  • the gum solution for use in the invention may contain, for example, a pH adjusting agent, a surfactant, an antiseptic agent, an antimold, an oleophilic substance, a wetting agent, a chelating agent or a defoaming agent, in addition to the oil-desensitizing agent described above.
  • the gum solution is advantageously used in a pH range of 3 to 12 and thus, a pH adjusting agent is ordinarily added to the gum solution.
  • a mineral acid, an organic acid, an inorganic salt or the like is ordinarily added thereto.
  • the amount thereof is from 0.01 to 2 % by weight.
  • the mineral acid include nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and metaphosphoric acid.
  • Examples of the organic acid include acetic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, levulinic acid, phytic acid, an organic phosphonic acid and an amino acid, for example, glycine, ⁇ -alanine, ⁇ -alanine.
  • Examples of the inorganic salt include magnesium nitrate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, nickel sulfate, sodium hexametaphosphate or sodium tripolyphosphate.
  • the mineral acid, organic acid, inorganic salt or the like may be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • the surfactant for use in the gum solution examples include an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant and a nonionic surfactant.
  • an anionic surfactant a fatty acid salt, an abietic acid salt, a hydroxyalkanesulfonic acid salt, an alkanesulfonic acid salt, an ⁇ -olefinsulfonic acid salt, a dialkylsulfosuccinic acid salt, an alkyldiphenyl ether disulfonaic acid salt, a straight-chain alkylbenzenesulfonic acid salt, a branched akylbenzenesulfonic acid salt, an alkylnaphthalenesulfonic acid salt, an alkylphenoxypolyoxyethylenepropylsulfonic acid salt, a polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfophenyl ether salt, N-methyl-N-oleyltaurin sodium salt, an N-al
  • a dialkylsulfosuccinic acid salt, an alkylsulfuric acid ester salt, an alkylnaphthalenesulfonic acid salt, an ⁇ -olefinsulfonic acid salt and an alkyldiphenyl ether disulfonaic acid salt are particularly preferably used.
  • an alkylamine salt and a quaternary ammonium salt are used as the cationic surfactant.
  • amphoteric surfactant an alkylcarboxy betaine, an alkylimidazoline and an alkylaminocarboxylic acid are used.
  • a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether As the nonionic surfactant, a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, a polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether, a polyoxyethylene polystyryl phenyl ether, a polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ether, a glycerin fatty acid partial ester, a sorbitan fatty acid partial ester, a pentaerythritol fatty acid partial ester, a propylene glycol monofatty acid ester, a sucrose fatty acid partial ester, a polyoxyethylenesorbitan fatty acid partial esters, polyoxyethylenesorbitol fatty acid partial ester, a polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, a polyglycerin fatty acid partial ester, a polyoxyethylenized castor oil, a polyoxyethyleneglycerin fatty acid partial ester, a fatty acid diethanolamide, an N,N-bis-2-hydroxyalkylamine
  • the surfactants may be used in combination of two or more thereof.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is not particularly restricted and is preferably from 0.01 to 20% by weight, more preferably from 0.05 to 10% by weight, based on the total weight of the gum solution.
  • antiseptic agents used in the fields, for example, of fiber, wood processing, food, medicine, cosmetic and agriculture can be employed.
  • known antiseptic agents for example, a quaternary ammonium salt, a monovalent phenol derivative, a divalent phenol derivative, a polyvalent phenol derivative, an imidazole derivative, a pyrazolopyrimidine derivative, a monovalent naphthol, a carbonate, a sulfone derivative, an organic tin compound, a cyclopentane derivative, a phenyl derivative, a phenol ether derivative, a phenol ester derivative, a hydroxylamine derivative, a nitrile derivative, a naphthaline, a pyrrole derivative, a quinoline derivative, a benzothiazole derivative, a secondary amine, a 1,3,5-triazine derivative, a thiadiazole derivative, an anilide derivative, a pyrrole derivative, a
  • antiseptic agent include salt of pyridinethiol-1-oxide, salicylic acid and a salt thereof, 1,3,5-trishydroxyethylhexahydro-S-triazine, 1,3,5-trishydroxymethylhexahydro-S-triazine, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one and 2-bromo-2-nitro-1,3-propanediol.
  • the amount of the antiseptic agent preferably added is determined so as for the antiseptic agent to work in a stable and effective manner against a bacterium, mold, yeast or the like, and it is preferably from 0.01 to 4% by weight based on the gum solution at the use while it may be varied depending on the kind of bacterium, mold, yeast or the like. It is also preferred to use two or more kinds of antiseptic agents in order to effectively work against various kinds of molds and bacteria.
  • the oleophilic substance may be incorporated.
  • the oleophilic substance include an organic carboxylic acid having from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, for example, oleic acid, lanolic acid, valeric acid, nonylic acid, capric acid, myristic acid or palmitic acid and castor oil.
  • the oleophilic substances may be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • the content of the oleophilic substance in the gum solution is preferably in a range from 0.005 to 10% by weight, more preferably from 0.05 to 5% by weight, based on the total weight of the gum solution.
  • the wetting agent glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, triethylene glycol, butylenes glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylol propane or diglycerin, if desired.
  • the wetting agents may be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof
  • the wetting agent is preferably used in an amount of 0.1 to 5% by weight.
  • the chelating compound may be added to the gum solution.
  • the gum solution is ordinarily marketed as a concentrated solution and is diluted by addition of tap water, well water or the like to use. Calcium ion or the like included in the tap water or well water used for the dilution adversely affects printing and may be apt to cause stain on the printed material. In such a case, the problem can be solved by adding the chelating compound.
  • the chelating compound include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, nitrilotriacetic acid ore sodium salt thereof, an organic phosphonic acid, e.g., 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, aminotri(methylenephosphonic acid), potassium salt thereof or sodium salt thereof and a phosphonoalkane tricarboxylic acid.
  • organic phosphonic acid e.g., 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, aminotri(methylenephosphonic acid), potassium salt thereof or sodium salt thereof and a phosphonoalkane tricarboxylic acid.
  • An organic amine salt is also effectively used in place of the sodium salt or potassium salt of the above-described chelating compound.
  • the chelating compound which is stably present in the gum solution and does not disturb printing is preferably used.
  • the amount of the chelating compound added is suitably from 0.001 to 1.0% by weight of the gum solution at the use.
  • the defoaming agent may be added to the gum solution.
  • a silicon defoaming agent is preferably used. Any silicone defoaming agent of emulsion dispersion type and solubilization type can be used.
  • the amount of the defoaming agent added is optimally in a range of 0.001 to 1.0% by weight of the gum solution at the use.
  • the reminder of the gum solution is water. It is advantageous in view of transportation that the gum solution is stored in the form of a concentrated solution in which the content of water is reduced in comparison with the time of use and the concentrated solution is diluted with water at the use. In such a case, the concentration degree is suitably in a level that each component of the gum solution does not cause separation or deposition.
  • the gum solution may also be prepared as an emulsion dispersion type. In the gum solution of emulsion dispersion type, an organic solvent is used as the oil phase thereof Also, the gum solution may be in the form of solubilization type (emulsification type) by the aid of the surfactant described above.
  • the organic solvent preferably has solubility in water of 5% by weight or less at 20°C and a boiling point of 160°C or more.
  • the organic solvent includes a plasticizer having a solidification point of 15°C or less and a boiling point of 300°C or more under 1 atmospheric pressure, for instance, a phthalic acid diester, for example, dibutyl phthalate, diheptyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, dinony) phthalate, didecyl phthalate, dilauryl phthalate or butyl benzyl phthalate, an aliphatic dibasic acid ester, for example, dioctyl adipate, butyl glycol adipate, dioctyl azelate, dibutyl sebacate, di(2-ethylhexyl) sebacate or dioctyl sebacate, an e
  • an alcohol type organic solvent 2-octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, nonanol, n-decanol, undecanol, n-dodecanol, trimethylnonyl alcohol, tetradecanol or benzyl alcohol is exemplified.
  • a glycol type organic solvent ethylene glycol isoamyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, ethylene glycol benzyl ether, ethylene glycol hexyl ether or octylene glycol is exemplified.
  • the amount of the organic solvent used is preferably from 0.1 to 5% by weight, more preferably from 0.5 to 3% by weight, based on the gum solution.
  • the organic solvents may be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • the gum solution for use in the invention is produced by preparing an aqueous phase while controlling at temperature of 40°C ⁇ 5°C with stirring at a high speed, gradually adding dropwise an oil phase prepared to the aqueous phase, thoroughly stirring and then emulsifying and dispersing by passing through a homogenizer of pressure type.
  • a water washing process or a continuous oil-desensitizing process of the non-image area with a gum solution may be appropriately performed after the removing process of the image-recording layer in the non-image area using the gum solution described above.
  • the gum development processing according to the invention can be preferably carried out by an automatic processor equipped with a supplying means for the gum solution and a rubbing member.
  • an automatic processor there is illustrated an automatic processor in which a lithographic printing plate precursor after image recording is subjected to a rubbing treatment while it is transporting described, for example, in JP-A-2006-235227 .
  • an automatic processor using a rotating brush roll as the rubbing member is preferred.
  • the rotating brush roller which can be preferably used in the invention can be appropriately selected by taking account, for example, of scratch resistance of the image area and nerve strength of the support of lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • a known rotating brush roller produced by implanting a brush material in a plastic or metal roller can be used.
  • a rotating brush roller described in JP-A-58-159533 and JP-A-3-100554 or a brush roller described in JP-UM-B-62-167253 (the term "JP-UM-B” as used herein means an "examined Japanese utility model publication"), in which a metal or plastic groove-type member having implanted therein in rows a brush material is closely radially wound around a plastic or metal roller acting as a core, can be used.
  • a plastic fiber for example, a polyester-based synthetic fiber, e.g., polyethylene terephthalate or polybutylene terephthalate, a polyamide-based synthetic fiber, e.g., nylon 6.6 or nylon 6.10, a polyacrylic synthetic fiber, e.g., polyacrylonitrile or polyalkyl (meth)acrylate, and a polyolefin-based synthetic fiber, e.g., polypropylene or polystyrene
  • a brush material having a fiber bristle diameter of 20 to 400 ⁇ m and a bristle length of 5 to 30 mm can be preferably used.
  • the outer diameter of the rotating brush roller is preferably from 30 to 200 mm, and the peripheral velocity at the tip of the brush rubbing the plate surface is preferably from 0.1 to 5 m/sec.
  • the rotary direction of the rotating brush roller for use in the invention may be the same direction or the opposite direction with respect to the transporting direction of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention, but when two or more rotating brush rollers are used in the automatic processor as shown in Fig. 1 , it is preferred that at least one rotating brush roller rotates in the same direction and at least one rotating brush roller rotates in the opposite direction with respect to the transporting direction.
  • the image-recording layer in the non-image area can be more steadily removed.
  • a technique of rocking the rotating brush roller in the rotation axis direction of the brush roller is also effective.
  • the gum solution in the gum development and water for washing in the post process can be independently used at an appropriate temperature, and is preferably used at temperature of 10 to 50°C.
  • the gum development method according to the invention it is possible to provide a drying process at an appropriate position after the gum development.
  • the drying process is ordinarily carried out by blowing dry wind of appropriate temperature after removing most of the processing solution by a roller nip.
  • An aluminum plate (material: JIS A 1050) having a thickness of 0.3 mm was subjected to a degreasing treatment at 50°C for 30 seconds using a 10% by weight aqueous sodium aluminate solution in order to remove rolling oil on the surface thereof and then grained the surface thereof using three nylon brushes embedded with bundles of nylon bristle having a diameter of 0.3 mm and an aqueous suspension (specific gravity: 1.1 g/cm 3 ) of pumice having a median size of 25 ⁇ m, followed by thorough washing with water.
  • the plate was subjected to etching by immersing in a 25% by weight aqueous sodium hydroxide solution of 45°C for 9 seconds, washed with water, then immersed in a 20% by weight aqueous nitric acid solution at 60°C for 20 seconds, and washed with water.
  • the etching amount of the grained surface was about 3 g/m 2 .
  • the electrolytic solution used was a 1% by weight aqueous nitric acid solution (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ion) and the temperature of electrolytic solution was 50°C.
  • the electrochemical roughening treatment was conducted using an alternating current source, which provides a rectangular alternating current having a trapezoidal waveform such that the time TP necessary for the current value to reach the peak from zero was 0.8 msec and the duty ratio was 1:1, and using a carbon electrode as a counter electrode.
  • a ferrite was used as an auxiliary anode.
  • the current density was 30 A/dm 2 in terms of the peak value of the electric current, and 5% of the electric current flowing from the electric source was divided to the auxiliary anode.
  • the quantity of electricity in the nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C/dm 2 in terms of the quantity of electricity when the aluminum plate functioned as an anode. The plate was then washed with water by spraying.
  • the plate was further subjected to an electrochemical roughening treatment in the same manner as in the nitric acid electrolysis above using as an electrolytic solution, a 0.5% by weight aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ion) having temperature of 50°C and under the condition that the quantity of electricity was 50 C/dm 2 in terms of the quantity of electricity when the aluminum plate functioned as an anode.
  • the plate was then washed with water by spraying.
  • the plate was then subjected to an anodizing treatment using as an electrolytic solution, a 15% by weight aqueous sulfuric acid solution (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ion) at a current density of 15 A/dm 2 to form a direct current anodized film of 2.5 g/m 2 , washed with water and dried.
  • the plate was subjected to silicate treatment using a 2.5% by weight aqueous sodium silicate No. 3 solution at 70°C for 12 seconds.
  • the adhesion amount of Si was 10 mg/m 2 .
  • the plate was washed with water to obtain Support (1).
  • the center line average roughness (Ra) of Support (1) was measured using a stylus having a diameter of 2 ⁇ m and found to be 0.51 ⁇ -m.
  • Coating solution (1) for undercoat layer shown below was coated on Support (1) so as to have a dry coating amount of 28 mg/m 2 to form Undercoat layer (1).
  • Coating solution (1) for image-recording layer having the composition shown below was coated on the undercoat layer described above by a bar and dried in an oven at 100°C for 60 seconds to form Image-recording layer (1) having a dry coating amount of 1.0 g/m 2 .
  • Coating solution (1) for image-recording layer was prepared by mixing Photosensitive solution (I) shown below with Microgel solution (1) shown below just before the coating, followed by stirring.
  • Binder polymer (1) Infrared absorbing agent (1), Radical polymerization initiator (1), Phosphonium compound (1), Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (1) and Fluorine-based surfactant (1) are shown below.
  • Microgel (1) described above was prepared in the following manner.
  • An oil phase component was prepared by dissolving 10 g of adduct of trimethylol propane and xylene diisocyanate (Takenate D-110N, produced by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.), 3.15 g of pentaerythritol triacrylate (SR444, produced by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) [Component (C)] and 0.1 g of Pionine A-41C (produced by Takemoto Oil and Fat Co., Ltd.) in 17 g of ethyl acetate.
  • As an aqueous phase component 40 g of a 4% by weight aqueous solution of PVA-205 was prepared.
  • the oil phase component and the aqueous phase component were mixed and emulsified using a homogenizer at 12,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
  • the resulting emulsion was added to 25 g of distilled water and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and then at 50°C for 3 hours.
  • the microgel liquid thus-obtained was diluted using distilled water so as to have the solid concentration of 15% by weight to prepare Microgel (1).
  • the average particle size of Microgel (1) was measured by a light scattering method and found to be 0.2 ⁇ m.
  • Coating solution (1) for protective layer having the composition shown below was coated on the image-recording layer described above by a bar and dried in an oven at 120°C for 60 seconds to form Protective layer (1) having a dry coating amount of 0.15 g/m 2 , thereby preparing Lithographic printing plate precursors (1) to (26), (51), (53), (55) and (56).
  • Protective layer (2) was formed in the same manner as in the formation of Protective layer (1) except for adding 0.01 g of Compound (C-1) described hereinbefore as the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) to Coating solution (1) for protective layer, thereby preparing Lithographic printing plate precursors (27), (52) and (54). 2. Preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursors (28) to (37) and (57) to (61) (1) Formation of Image-recording layer (2)
  • Lithographic printing plate precursors (28) to (36), (57), (59) and (61) were prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursor (1) except for changing Coating solution (1) for image-recording layer to Coating solution (2) for image-recording layer shown below, respectively.
  • Lithographic printing plate precursors (37), (58) and (60) were prepared in the same manner as in Lithographic printing plate precursor (28) except for changing Coating solution (1) for protective layer to Coating solution (2) for protective layer, respectively.
  • Coating solution (3) for image-recording layer shown below was coated on the undercoat layer as described above by a bar and dried in an oven at 70°C for 60 seconds to form Image-recording layer (3) having a dry coating amount of 0.6 g/m 2 .
  • a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, a nitrogen inlet tube and a reflux condenser were attached to a 1,000 ml four-neck flask and while carrying out deoxygenation by introduction of nitrogen gas, 350 ml of distilled water was charged therein and heated until the internal temperature reached 80°C.
  • To the flask was added 1.5 g of sodium dodecylsufate as a dispersing agent, then was added 0.45 g of ammonium persulfate as an initiator, and thereafter was dropwise added a mixture of 45.0 g of glycidyl methacrylate and 45.0 g of styrene through the dropping funnel over a period of about one hour.
  • the mixture was continued to react as it was for 5 hours, followed by removing the unreacted monomers by steam distillation.
  • the mixture was cooled, adjusted the pH to 6 with aqueous ammonia and finally added pure water thereto so as to have the nonvolatile content of 15% by weight to obtain an aqueous dispersion of polymer fine particle (hydrophobilizing precursor).
  • the particle size distribution of the polymer fine particle had the maximum value at the particle size of 60 nm.
  • the particle size distribution was determined by taking an electron microphotograph of the polymer fine particle, measuring particle sizes of 5,000 fine particles in total on the photograph, and dividing a range from the largest value of the particle size measured to 0 on a logarithmic scale into 50 parts to obtain occurrence frequency of each particle size by plotting.
  • a particle size of a spherical particle having a particle area equivalent to the particle area of the aspherical particle on the photograph was defined as the particle size.
  • Coating solution (3) for protective layer having the composition shown below was coated on the image-recording layer thus-prepared by a bar and dried in an oven at 60°C for 120 seconds to form Protective layer (3) having a dry coating amount of 0.3 g/m 2 , thereby preparing Lithographic printing plate precursors (38) to (48), (62) and (63).
  • Protective layer (4) was formed in the same manner as in the formation of Protective layer (3) except for adding 0.005 g of Compound (C-1) described hereinbefore as the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) to Coating solution (3) for protective layer, thereby preparing Lithographic printing plate precursors (49) and (50).
  • Each of the lithographic printing plate precursors was exposed by Luxel Platesetter T-6000III equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser, produced by Fuji Film Co., Ltd. under the conditions of a rotational number of external drum of 1,000 rpm, laser output of 70% and resolution of 2,400 dpi.
  • the exposed image contained a solid image and a 50% halftone dot chart of a 20 ⁇ m-dot FM screen.
  • the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor was mounted without undergoing development processing on a plate cylinder of a printing machine (Lithrone 26, produced by Komori Corp.).
  • a printing machine Lithrone 26, produced by Komori Corp.
  • Values-G (N) Black Ink produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.
  • Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor Image-Recording Layer Compound Represented by Formula (I) or (II) Amount of Polymerizable Compound (C) (g) Amount of Binder Polymer (E) (g) M/B Ratio Protective Layerkind of Compound Amount Added (g) Content in Image-Recording Layer (%) (1) (1) C-1 0.002 0.16 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (2) (1) C-1 0.003 0.25 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (3) (1) C-1 0.005 0.41 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (4) (1) C-1 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (5) (1) C-1 0.02 1.6 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (6) (1) C-1 0.05 2.5 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (7) (1) C-1 0.10 8.2 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (8) (1) C-4 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (9) (1) C-5 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor and the plate making method thereof excellent in compatibility of the on-press development property and the printing durability can be provided according to the invention.
  • Lithographic printing plate precursors (1) to (63) was exposed imagewise, subjected to gum development and evaluated on printing in the following manner.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor was imagewise exposed under the conditions of output of 6.4 W, a rotational number of external drum of 150 rpm and resolution of 2,400 dpi.
  • the exposed image contained a solid image and a fine line image.
  • the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor was subjected to development processing using an automatic development apparatus having a structure shown in Fig. 1 .
  • treatments of a removing step of the non-image area, a water washing step and an oil-desensitizing step were conducted in a developing unit 14, a water washing unit 16 and an oil-desensitizing treatment unit 18 in Fig. 1 , respectively.
  • the water used in the water washing unit was circulated by a pump to reuse through a filter of 10 ⁇ m mesh.
  • IF102 etching solution, produced by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.
  • Water 3/97 (volume ratio)
  • Trans-G (N) Black Ink produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.
  • the evaluation whether the removal of the unexposed area of the image-recording layer was carried out in accordance with the desired image by the development processing described above was conducted in the following manner. Specifically, of the exposed fine lines (test chart including white fine lines (fine linear non-image portions in the image area) the width of which was varied from 10 to 50 ⁇ m every 2 ⁇ m), the limit of the width of fine line capable of being reproduced on a printing paper was determined according to the visual observation of the width of white fine line reproduced on the printing paper. It is indicated that as the value becomes small, finer line can be well developed and more preferable result is obtained. The results obtained are shown in Table 3.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor and the plate making method thereof excellent in compatibility of the gum development property (reproducibility of fine line) and the printing durability can be provided according to the invention.
  • Coating solution (2) for undercoat layer was coated on Support (1) described above so as to have a dry coating amount (exclusive of the compound represented by formula (I) or (II)) of 28 mg/m 2 to form Undercoat layer (2).
  • Undercoat layer (2) was formed an image-recording layer in the same manner as in the preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursor (1) except for changing Coating solution (1) for image-recording layer to Coating solution (4) for image-recording layer having the composition shown below to prepare Lithographic printing plate precursors (64) to (92), (119) and (120), respectively.
  • Coating solution (4) for image-recording layer was prepared by mixing Photosensitive solution (4) shown below with Microgel solution (1) described above just before the coating, followed by stirring.
  • Lithographic printing plate precursors (93) to (104) and (121) were prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursor (64) except for changing Coating solution (4) for image-recording layer to Coating solution (5) for image-recording layer shown below, respectively.
  • Coating solution (6) for image-recording layer shown below was coated on Undercoat layer (2) as described above by a bar and dried in an oven at 70°C for 60 seconds to form Image-recording layer (6) having a dry coating amount of 0.6 g/m 2 .
  • Protective layer (3) or Protective layer (4) described above was formed as shown in Table 4 in the same manner as described above to prepare Lithographic printing plate precursors (105) to (118) and (122).
  • Lithographic printing plate precursors (64) to (122) were evaluated in the same manner as described above. The results obtained are shown in Table 5.
  • Table 5 Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor Undercoat Layer Image-Forming Layer Protective Layer Compound Represented by Formula (I) or (II) kind of Image-Forming Layer Compound Represented by Formula (I) or (II) Amount of Polymerizable Compound (C) (g) Amount of Binder Polymer (E) (g) M/B Ratio Kind of Compound Amount Added (g) Content in Undercoat Layer (%) Kind of Compound Amount Added (g) (64) C-1 0.01 3.4 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (65) C-1 0.02 6.7 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (66) C-1 0.03 9.7 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1) (67)
  • Example 144 (107) 10 4.0 Example 145 (108) 8 3.5 Example 146 (109) 5 3.5 Example 147 (110) 15 4.0 Example 148 (111) 10 4.0 Example 149 (112) 15 3.5 Example 150 (113) 15 3.5 Example 151 (114) 10 4.0 Example 152 (115) 15 3.5 Example 153 (116) 20 3.0 Example 154 (117) 15 3.0 Example 155 (118) 8 3.5 Comparative Example 12 (62) 40 4.0 Comparative Example 30 (122) 40 3.0
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor and the plate making method thereof excellent in compatibility of the on-press development property and the printing durability can be provided according to the invention.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor and the plate making method thereof excellent in compatibility of the gum development property (reproducibility of fine line) and the printing durability can be provided according to the invention.

Abstract

A lithographic printing plate precursor includes a support and an image-recording layer an unexposed area of which can be removed after imagewise exposure by supplying printing ink and dampening water or supplying a gum solution, wherein a betaine compound represented by the following formula (I) or (II) is contained in the image-recording layer or in a layer provided between the support and the image-recording layer: wherein R 1 to R 3 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, each of which groups may be substituted with a hydroxy group or an amino group, Z represents an alkylene group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which may be substituted with a hydroxy group, or at least two of R 1 to R 3 and Z may be combined with each other to form a heterocyclic ring.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to a lithographic printing plate precursor and a plate making method thereof. More particularly, it relates to a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of being subjected to image recording with laser and capable of being subjected to on-press development or gum development, and a plate making method thereof.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • In general, a lithographic printing plate is composed of an oleophilic image area accepting ink and a hydrophilic non-image area accepting dampening water in the process of printing. Lithographic printing is a printing method utilizing the nature of water and oily ink to repel with each other and comprising rendering the oleophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate to an ink-receptive area and the hydrophilic non-image area thereof to a dampening water-receptive area (ink-unreceptive area), thereby making a difference in adherence of the ink on the surface of the lithographic printing plate, depositing the ink only to the image area, and then transferring the ink to a printing material, for example, paper.
  • In order to produce the lithographic printing plate, a lithographic printing plate precursor (PS plate) comprising a hydrophilic support having provided thereon an oleophilic photosensitive resin layer (image-recording layer) has heretofore been broadly used. Ordinarily, the lithographic printing plate is obtained by conducting plate making according to a method of exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor through an original, for example, a lith film, and then while leaving the image-recording layer corresponding to the image arm removing the unnecessary image-recording layer corresponding to the non-image area by dissolving with an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent thereby revealing the hydrophilic surface of support.
  • In the hitherto known plate making process of lithographic printing plate precursor, after exposure, the step of removing the unnecessary image-recording layer by dissolving, for example, with a developer is required. However, it is one of the subjects to save or simplify such an additional wet treatment described above. Particularly, since disposal of liquid wastes discharged accompanying the wet treatment has become a great concern throughout the field of industry in view of the consideration for global environment in recent years, the demand for the solution of the above-described subject has been increased more and more.
  • As one of simple plate making methods in response to the above-described requirement, a method referred to as on-press development has been proposed wherein a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image-recording layer capable of being removed in its unnecessary areas during a conventional printing process is used and after exposure, the unnecessary area of the image-recording layer is removed on a printing machine to prepare a lithographic printing plate.
  • Specific methods of the on-press development include, for example, a method of using a lithographic printing plate precursor having an image-recording layer that can be dissolved or dispersed in dampening water, an ink solvent or an emulsion of dampening water and ink, a method of mechanically removing an image-recording layer by contact with rollers or a blanket cylinder of a printing machine, and a method of lowering cohesion of an image-recording layer or adhesion between an image-recording layer and a support upon penetration of dampening water, ink solvent or the like and then mechanically removing the image-recording layer by contact with rollers or a blanket cylinder of a printing machine.
  • Further, as another method for simple development, a method referred to as gum development has been proposed wherein removal of the unnecessary area of the image-recording layer is performed with a gum solution, which has been used as a finisher conducting after conventional alkali development, without using a conventional highly alkaline developer.
  • In the invention, unless otherwise indicated particularly, the term "development processing step" means a step of using an apparatus (ordinarily, an automatic developing machine) other than a printing machine and removing an unexposed area in an image-recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor upon contact with liquid (ordinarily, an alkaline developer) thereby revealing a hydrophilic surface of support. The term "on-press development" means a method or a step of removing an unexposed area in an image-recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor upon contact with liquid (ordinarily, printing ink and/or dampening water) by using a printing machine thereby revealing a hydrophilic surface of support.
  • Further, of the "development processing step", development using a gum solution as a developer is specifically referred to as "gum development".
  • On the other hand, digitalized technique of electronically processing, accumulating and outputting image information using a computer has been popularized in recent years, and various new image-outputting systems responding to the digitalized technique have been put into practical use. Correspondingly, attention has been drawn to a computer-to-plate technique of carrying digitalized image information on highly converging radiation, for example, a laser beam and conducting scanning exposure of a lithographic printing plate precursor with the radiation thereby directly preparing a lithographic printing plate without using a lith film. Thus, it is one of the important technical subjects to obtain a lithographic printing plate precursor adaptable to the technique described above.
  • In the simplification of plate making operation as described above, a system using an image-recording layer capable of being handled in a bright room or under a yellow lump and a light source is preferable from the standpoint of workability.
  • As such a laser light source, a semiconductor laser emitting an infrared ray having a wavelength of 760 to 1,200 and a solid laser, for example, YAG laser, are extremely useful because these lasers having a large output and a small size are inexpensively available. An UV laser can also be used.
  • As the lithographic printing plate precursor of on-press development type capable of conducting image-recording with an infrared laser, for example, a lithographic printing plate precursor having provided on a hydrophilic support, an image-forming layer in which hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles are dispersed in a hydrophilic binder is described in Japanese Patent 2,938,397 (corresponding to U.S. Patent 6,030,750 ). It is described in Japanese Patent 2,938,397 (corresponding to U.S. Patent 6,030,750 ) that the lithographic printing plate precursor is exposed to an infrared laser to agglomerate the hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles by heat thereby forming an image and mounted on a plate cylinder of a printing machine to be able to carry out on-press development by supplying dampening water and/or ink.
  • Although the method of forming image by the agglomeration of fine particles only upon thermal fusion shows good on-press development property, it has a problem in that the image strength is extremely weak and printing durability is insufficient.
  • Further, a lithographic printing plate precursor having provided on a hydrophilic support, microcapsules containing a polymerizable compound encapsulated therein is described in JP-A-2001-277740 (the term "JP-A" as used herein means an "un examined published Japanese patent application") and JP-A-2001-277742 (corresponding to US 2001/0018159 A1 ).
  • Moreover, a lithographic printing plate precursor having provided on a support, a photosensitive layer containing an infrared absorbing agent, a radical polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound is described in JP-A-2002-287334 (corresponding to US 2002/0177074 A1 )
  • The methods using the polymerization reaction as described above have the feature that since the chemical bond density in the image area is high, the image strength is relatively good in comparison with the image area formed by the thermal fusion of fine polymer particles. From the practical standpoint, however, any of the on-press development property, printing durability and polymerization efficiency (sensitivity) are still insufficient.
  • In order to solve the problems, a lithographic printing plate precursor containing a sulfonate or an alkylsulfuric acid ester salt in its photosensitive layer is described in JP-A-2007-276454 (corresponding to US 2007/0214987 A1 ), and a lithographic printing plate precursor containing an amino acid or a betaine in its protective layer is described in EP-A-1862301 . However, with respect to these lithographic printing plate precursor, compatibility of the on-press development property and printing durability is still insufficient.
  • Further, when these lithographic printing plate precursors are subjected to gum development, development of the unexposed area is very poor.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor having good on-press development property or good gum development property while maintaining sufficient printing durability. Another object of the present invention is to provide a plate making method of a lithographic printing plate precursor having good on-press development property or good gum development property and good printing durability.
    1. (1) A lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a support and an image-recording layer an unexposed area of which can be removed after imagewise exposure by supplying printing ink and dampening water (fountain solution) or supplying a gum solution, wherein the image-recording layer contains a betaine compound represented by formula (I) or (II) shown below:
      Figure imgb0001
      In formulae (I) and (II), R1 to R3 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloakyl group or an aryl group, each of which groups may be substituted with a hydroxy group or an amino group, Z represents an alkylene group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which may be substituted with a hydroxy group, or at least two of R1 to R3 and Z may be combined with each other to form a heterocyclic ring.
    2. (2) A lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a support and an image-recording layer an unexposed area of which can be removed after imagewise exposure by supplying printing ink and dampening water or supplying a gum solution, wherein between the support and the image-recording layer, a layer containing a betaine compound represented by formula (I) or (II) shown below is present
      Figure imgb0002
      In formulae (I) and (II), R1 to R3 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, each of which groups may be substituted with a hydroxy group or an amino group, Z represents an alkylene group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which may be substituted with a hydroxy group, or at least two of R1 to R3 and Z may be combined with each other to form a heterocyclic ring.
    3. (3) The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in (1) or (2) above, which further comprises a protective layer.
    4. (4) The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of (1) to (3) above, wherein the image-recording layer contains (A) an infrared absorbing agent (B) a radical polymerization initiator and (C) a polymerizable compound.
    5. (5) The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in (4) above, wherein the image-recording layer further contains (E) a binder polymer and a value obtained by dividing a weight of the polymerizable compound (C) by a weight of the binder polymer (E) is 1.8 or less.
    6. (6) The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of (1) to (3) above, wherein the image-recording layer contains (A) an infrared absorbing agent and (D) a hydrophobilizing precursor.
    7. (7) A plate making method of a lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a step of exposing imagewise the lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of (1) to (6) above and a step of removing an unexposed area of the image-recording layer by supplying oily ink and an aqueous component to the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor on a printing machine to initiate printing without subjecting the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor to any development processing.
    8. (8) A plate making method of a lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a step of exposing imagewise the lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of (1) to (6) above and a step of removing an unexposed area of the image-recording layer by treating the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor with a gum solution.
  • It is described, for example, in JP-A-2007-276454 (corresponding to US 2007/0214987 A1 ) that in order to improve the on-press development property and state of coated surface, a surfactant can be added to an image-recording layer and examples of the surfactant include a carboxybetaine and a sulfobetaine. It is found that, however, when such a surfactant is applied to a lithographic printing plate precursor of on-press development type or gum development type, although permeability of dampening water or a gum solution into the unexposed area of the image-recording layer is increased and removability of the unexposed area (developing property) is improved, hydrophobicity and film strength of the exposed area (image area) of the image-recording layer are severely decreased at the same time and as a result, ink-receptive failure due to the decrease in ink-receptive property and poor printing durability occur and the lithographic printing plate precursor does not endue practical use in view of its quality. On the contrary, according to the present invention, the object of improving the on-press development property or gum development property while maintaining the printing durability can be achieved by using the specific betaine compound which has a small hydrophobic portion and almost no surface active function as the compound represented by formula (I) or (II). Thus, the description on the surfactant in the above described patents neither discloses nor suggests how to achieve the object of the invention.
  • EP-A-1 834 766 , EP-A-1 577 090 and EP-A-1 956 428 describe lithographic printing plate precursors comprising a support and an image recording layer being capable of undergoing on-press development by supplying at least one of printing ink and dampening water. The image recording layer may comprise a surfactant including among others carboxybetaines and sulfobetaines. EP-A-1 712 353 and WO 03/051 631 describe planographic printing plate precursors comprising a support and a recording layer which may contain a perfluoroalkyl group-containing carboxybetaine as amphotheric surfactant and Amogen K (N-tetradecyl-N,N-betaine type) as an inhibitor, respectively.
  • US 2002/197 564 and EP-A-1 547 801 relate to lithographic printing plates comprising a support and an image recording layer. The image recording layers thereof may comprise a surfactant such as alkylbetaine or 2-alkyl-N-carboxyethylimidazoline betaine, respectively.
  • US 2007/059 638 describes photosensitive compositions being useful for a printing plate material. The composition may comprise an alkali-soluble resin being formed of N,N-dimethyl-N-methacrylatamidepropyl-N-(3-sulfopropyl)-ammonium-betaine monomers.
  • WO 2007/026491 discloses a resin composition for photosensitive layer and its use in an original plate for lithography. The resin composition may contain a perfluoroalkyl betaine (Surflon S-131). WO 2007/052470 relates to a lithographic printing plate material comprising an aluminum support and provided thereon an image formation layer which may contain an amphoteric surfactant such as carboxybetaine. or perfluoroalkyl betaines.
  • According to the present invention, a lithographic printing plate precursor of on-press developing type providing good on-press development property while maintaining sufficient printing durability can be provided. Also, according to the present invention, a plate making method of a lithographic printing plate precursor excellent in the on-press development property or gum development property and printing durability can be provided.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • Fig. 1 is an illustration for showing a composition of an automatic development apparatus for the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention.
  • [Description of reference numerals and signs]
  • 1:
    Automatic development apparatus
    10:
    Development processing unit
    12:
    Printing plate precursor
    14:
    Developing unit
    16:
    Water washing unit
    18:
    Oil-desensitizing treatment unit
    20:
    Drying unit
    24:
    Developing bath
    141,142:
    Brush roller (rubbing member)
    200:
    Pre-treatment unit
    DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION [Lithographic printing plate precursor]
  • The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention comprises a support and an image-recording layer which is, after imagewise exposure, on-press developable by supplying printing ink and/or dampening water or gum developable by supplying a gum solution and contains the betaine compound represented by formula (I) or (II).
  • According to another embodiment, the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention comprises a support, an image-recording layer which is, after imagewise exposure, on-press developable by supplying printing ink and/or dampening water or gum developable by supplying a gum solution after imagewise exposure and a layer containing the betaine compound represented by formula (I) or (II) between the support and the image-recording layer.
  • <Compound represented by formula (I) or (II)>
  • First, the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) is described below.
    Figure imgb0003
  • In formulae (I) and (II), R1 to R3 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, each of which groups may be substituted with a hydroxy group or an amino group, Z represents an alkylene group having from I to 4 carbon atoms, which may be substituted with a hydroxy group, or at least two of R1 to R3 and Z may be combined with each other to form a heterocyclic ring.
  • By incorporating the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) into the image-recording layer or a layer (hereinafter, also referred to as an undercoat layer) between the support and the image-recording layer, the on-press development property or gum development property can be improved without accompanying deterioration of the printing durability. Of the compounds represented by formulae (I) and (II), it is preferred that R1 to R3 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms or two of R1 to R3 and Z are combined with each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring. In particular, a compound having a quaternary ammonium skeleton in which R1 to R3 in formula (I) or (II) each independently represents a methyl group or an ethyl group, or a compound having a pyrrolidine skeleton, a piperidine skeleton, a pyridine skeleton or an imidazoline skeleton each of which is formed by combining two of R1 to R3 and Z in formula (I) or (II) is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (I) are set forth below, but the invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
    Figure imgb0004
    Figure imgb0005
    Figure imgb0006
    Figure imgb0007
    Figure imgb0008
    Figure imgb0009
    Figure imgb0010
    Figure imgb0011
    Figure imgb0012
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (II) are set forth below, but the invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
    Figure imgb0013
    Figure imgb0014
    Figure imgb0015
    Figure imgb0016
    Figure imgb0017
    Figure imgb0018
    Figure imgb0019
    Figure imgb0020
    Figure imgb0021
  • Since the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) has a small structure of hydrophobic portion and almost no surface active function, when dampening water or a gum solution penetrates into the exposed area (image area) of the image-recording layer, degradations of the hydrophobicity and film strength of the image area are prevented and thus, the ink receptivity and printing durability of the image-recording layer can be preferably maintained.
  • The amount of the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) added to the image-recording layer is preferably from 0.1 to 10% by weight, more preferably from 0.2 to 5% by weight, still more preferably from 0.4 to 2% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • The amount of the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) added to the undercoat layer is preferably from 5 to 50% by weight, more preferably from 8 to 30% by weight, still more preferably from 10 to 20% by weight, based on the total solid content of the undercoat layer.
  • Further, the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) can also be added to a protective layer as well as the image-recording layer and/or undercoat layer. The amount of the compound added to the protective layer is preferably 10% by weight or less based on the total solid content of the protective layer.
  • In the range described above, good on-press development property or gum development property and good printing durability are achieved.
  • The compounds represented by formulae (I) and (II) may be used individually or as a mixture of two or more thereof.
  • (Image-recording layer)
  • Now, the constituting components of the image-recording layer other than the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) are described in detail below.
  • The image-recording layer for use in the invention is an image-recording layer capable of forming an image by supplying printing ink and dampening waster on a printing machine after image exposure to remove the unexposed area or by treating with a gum solution after image exposure. The representative image-forming mechanism enabling the on-press development or gum development included in the image-recording layer includes (1) an embodiment wherein (A) an infrared absorbing agent, (B) a radical polymerization initiator and (C) a polymerizable compound are included and an image area is hardened utilizing a polymerization reaction and (2) an embodiment wherein (A) an infrared absorbing agent and (D) a hydrophobilizing precursor are included and a hydrophobic region (image area) is formed utilizing heat fusion or heat reaction of the hydrophobilizing precursor. A mixture of these two embodiments may also used. For instance, the hydrophobilizing precursor (D) may be incorporated into the image-recording layer of polymerization type (1) or the polymerizable compound or the like may be incorporated into the image-recording layer of hydrophobilizing precursor type (2). Among them, the embodiment of polymerization type including the infrared absorbing agent (A), radical polymerization initiator (B) and polymerizable compound (C) is preferable.
  • Respective components which may be incorporated into the image-recording layer will be described in order below.
  • <(A) Infrared absorbing agent>
  • In the case wherein the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is subjected to the image formation using as a light source, a laser emitting an infrared ray of 760 to 1,200 nm or the like, it is preferred to incorporate an infrared absorbing agent into the image-recording layer thereof
  • The infrared absorbing agent has a function of converting the infrared ray absorbed to heat and a function of being excited by the infrared ray to perform electron transfer/energy transfer to a radical polymerization initiator described hereinafter. The infrared absorbing agent for use in the invention includes a dye and pigment each having an absorption maximum in a wavelength range of 760 to 1,200 nm.
  • As the dye, commercially available dyes and known dyes described in literatures, for example, Senryo Binran (Dye Handbook) compiled by The Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Japan (1970) can be used. Specifically, the dyes includes azo dyes, metal complex azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts and metal thiolate complexes.
  • Examples of preferable dye include cyanine dyes described, for example, in JP-A-58-125246 , JP-A-59-84356 and JP-A-60-78787 , methine dyes described, for example, in JP-A-58-173696 , JP-A-58-181690 and JP-A-58-194595 , naphthoquinone dyes described, for example, in JP-A-58-112793 , JP-A-58-224793 , JP-A-59-48187 , JP-A-59-73996 , JP-A-60-52940 and JP-A-60-63744 , squarylium dyes described, for example, in JP-A-58-112792 , and cyanine dyes described, for example, in British Patent 434,875 .
  • Also, near infrared absorbing sensitizers described in U.S. Patent 5,156,938 are preferably used. Further, substituted arylbenzo(thio)pyrylium salts described in U.S. Patent 3,881,924 , trimethinethiapyrylium salts described in JP-A-57-142645 (corresponding to U.S. Patent 4,327,169 ), pyrylium compounds described in JP-A-58-181051 , JP-A-58-220143 , JP-A-59-41363 , JP-A-59-84248 , JP-A-59-84249 , JP-A-59-146063 and JP-A-59-146061 , cyanine dyes described in JP-A-59-216146 , pentamethinethiopyrylium salts described in U.S. Patent 4,283,475 , and pyrylium compounds described in JP-B-5-13514 (the term "JP-B" as used herein means an "examined Japanese patent publication") and JP-B-5-19702 are also preferably used. Other preferable examples of the dye include near infrared absorbing dyes presented by formulae (I) and (II) in U.S. Patent 4,756,993 .
  • Other preferable examples of the infrared absorbing dye according to the invention include specific indolenine cyanine dyes described in JP-A-2002-278057 as illustrated bellow.
    Figure imgb0022
    Figure imgb0023
    Figure imgb0024
  • Of the dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium dyes, nickel thiolate complexes and indolenine cyanine dyes are preferred. Further, cyanine dyes and indolenine cyanine dyes are more preferred. As a particularly preferable example of the dye, a cyanine dye represented by formula (1) shown below is exemplified.
    Figure imgb0025
  • In formula (1), X1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, -NPh2, X2-L1 or a group represented by the structural formula shown below. X2 represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, L1 represents a hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom or a hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms and containing a hetero atom. The hetero atom used herein indicates a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a halogen atom and a selenium atom. Ra represents a substituent selected from a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and a halogen atom, and Xa- has the same meaning as Za- defined hereinafter.
    Figure imgb0026
  • R1 and R2 each independently represents a hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. In view of the preservation stability of a coating solution for image-recording layer, it is preferred that R1 and R2 each represents a hydrocarbon group having two or more carbon atoms, and it is particularly preferred that R1 and R2 are combined with each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
  • Ar1 and Ar2, which may be the same or different, each represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent Preferable examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring. Also, preferable examples of the substituent include a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms, a halogen atom and an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms, and a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms are most preferable. Y1 and Y2, which may be the same or different, each represents a sulfur atom or a dialkylmethylene group having 12 or less carbon atoms. R3 and R4, which may be the same or different, each represents a hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms, which may have a substituent. Preferable examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms, a carboxyl group and a sulfo group, and an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms is most preferable. R5, R6, R7 and R8, which may be the same or different, each represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms. In view of the availability of raw materials, a hydrogen atom is preferred. Za- represents a counter anion. However, Za- is not necessary when the cyanine dye represented by formula (1) has an anionic substituent in the structure thereof and neutralization of charge is not needed. In view of the preservation stability of a coating solution for image-recording layer, preferable examples of the counter ion for Za- include a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion and a sulfonate ion, and particularly preferable examples thereof include a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion and an arylsulfonate ion.
  • Specific examples of the cyanine dye represented by formula (1), which can be preferably used in the invention, include those described in paragraph Nos. [0017] to [0019] of JP-A-2001-133969 .
  • Further, other particularly preferable examples include specific indolenine cyanine dyes described in JP-A-2002-278057 described above.
  • Examples of the pigment for use in the invention include commercially available pigments and pigments described in Colour Index (C.I.), Saishin Ganrvo Binran (Handbook of the Newest Pigments) compiled by Pigment Technology Society of Japan (1977), Saishin Ganryo Oyou Gijutsu (Newest Application on Technologies for Pigments), CMC Publishing Co., Ltd. (1986) and Insatsu Ink Gijutsu (Printing Ink Technology), CMC Publishing Co., Ltd. (1984).
  • Examples of the pigment include black pigments, yellow pigments, orange pigments, brown pigments, red pigments, purple pigments, blue pigments, green pigments, fluorescent pigments, metal powder pigments and polymer-bonded dyes. Specific examples of usable pigment include insoluble azo pigments, azo lake pigments, condensed azo pigments, chelated azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene and perynone pigments, thioindigo pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, dying lake pigments, azine pigments, nitroso pigments, nitro pigments, natural pigments, fluorescent pigments, inorganic pigments and carbon black. Of the pigments, carbon black is preferred.
  • The pigment may be used without undergoing surface treatment or may be used after the surface treatment. For the surface treatment, a method of coating a resin or wax on the surface, a method of attaching a surfactant and a method of bonding a reactive substance (for example, a silane coupling agent, an epoxy compound or polyisocyanate) to the pigment surface. The surface treatment methods are described in Kinzoku Sekken no Seishitsu to Oyo (Properties and Applications of Metal Soap), Saiwai Shobo, Insatsu Ink Gijutsu (Printing Ink Technology), CMC Publishing Co., Ltd. (1984), and Saishin Ganryo Oyo Gijutsu (Newest Application on Technologies for Pigments), CMC Publishing Co., Ltd. (1986).
  • The pigment has a particle size of preferably from 0.01 to 10 µm, more preferably from 0.05 to 1 µm, particularly preferably from 0.1 to 1 µm. In the range described above, good stability of the pigment dispersion in the coating solution for image-recording layer and good uniformity of the image-recording layer can be obtained.
  • For dispersing the pigment, a known dispersion technique for use in the production of ink or toner may be used. Examples of the dispersing machine include an ultrasonic dispersing machine, a sand mill, an attritor, a pearl mill, a super-mill, a ball mill, an impeller, a disperser, a KD mill, a colloid mill, a dynatron, a three roll mill and a pressure kneader. The dispersing machines are described in detail in Saishin Ganryo Oyo Gijutsu (Newest Application on Technologies for Pigments), CMC Publishing Co., Ltd. (1986).
  • The infrared absorbing agent may be added together with other components to the same image-recording layer or may be added to a different image-recording layer separately provided. With respect to the amount of the infrared absorbing agent added, in the case of preparing a lithographic printing plate precursor, the amount is so controlled that absorbance of the image-recording layer at the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 760 to 1,200 nm measured by reflection measurement is in a range of 0.3 to 1.2, preferably in a range of 0.4 to 1.1. In the range described above, the polymerization reaction proceeds uniformly in the thickness direction of the image-recording layer and good film strength of the image area and good adhesion property of the image area to the support are achieved.
  • The absorbance of the image-recording layer can be controlled depending on the amount of the infrared absorbing agent added to the image-recording layer and the thickness of the image-recording layer. The measurement of the absorbance can be carried out in a conventional manner. The method for measurement includes, for example, a method of forming an image-recording layer having a thickness determined appropriately in the range necessary for a coating amount after drying of the lithographic printing plate precursor on a reflective support, for example, an aluminum plate, and measuring reflection density of the image-recording layer by an optical densitometer or a spectrophotometer according to a reflection method using an integrating sphere.
  • Speaking specifically, the content of the infrared absorbing agent (A) in the image-recording layer according to the invention is preferably from 0.1 to 10.0% by weight, more preferably from 0.5 to 5.0% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • <(B) Radical polymerization initiator>
  • The radical polymerization initiator (B) for use in the invention is a compound that generates a radical with light energy, heat energy or both energies to initiate or accelerate polymerization of polymerizable compound (C). The radical polymerization initiator for use in the invention includes, for example, known thermal polymerization initiators, compounds containing a bond having small bond dissociation energy and photopolymerization initiators.
  • The radical polymerization initiators in the invention include, for example, (a) organic halides, (b) carbonyl compounds, (c) azo compounds, (d) organic peroxides, (e) metallocene compounds, (f) azido compounds, (g) hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, (h) organic borate compounds, (i) disulfone compounds, (j) oxime ester compounds and (k) onium salt compounds.
  • The organic halides (a) specifically include, for example, compounds described in Wakabayashi et al., Bull. Chem. Soc. Janan, 42, 2924 (1969), U.S. Patent 3,905,815 , JP-B-46-4605 , JP-A-48-35281 , JP-A-55-32070 , JP-A-60-239736 , JP-A-61-169835 , JP-A-61-169837 , JP-A-62-58241 , JP-A-62-212401 , JP-A-63-70243 , JP-A-63-298339 and M. P. Hutt, Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry, 1, No. 3 (1970). Particularly, oxazole compounds and s-triazine compounds each substituted with a trihalomethyl group are preferably exemplified.
  • More preferably, s-triazine derivatives and oxadiazole derivatives each of which has at least one of mono-, di- and tri-halogen substituted methyl groups connected are exemplified. Specific examples thereof include 2,4,6-tris(monochloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(dichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-n-propyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(α,α,β-trichloroethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(3,4-epoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-chlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-bromophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-fluorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-trifluoromethylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(2,6-dibromophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-biphenylyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4'-chloro-4-biphenylyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-cyanophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-acetylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-phenoxycarbonylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-methylsulfonylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-dimethylsylfoniumphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine tetrafluoroborate, 2-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-diethoxyphosphorylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-[4-(4-hydroxyphenylcarbonylamino)phenyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-[4-(p-methoxyphenyl)-1,3-butadienyl]-4,6-bis(trichlommethyl)-s-triazine, 2-styryl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tiazine, 2-(p-methoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-isopropyloxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-tolyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-phenylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-benzylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(dibromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2-methoxy-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(o-methoxystyryl)-5-trichloromethyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-(3,4-epoxystyryl)-5-trichloromethyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-[1-phenyl-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)vinyl]-5-trichloromethyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-(p-hydroxystyryl)-5-trichloromethyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-(3,4-dihydroxystyryl)-5-trichloromethyl-1,3,4-oxadizole and 2-(p-tert-butoxystyryl)-5-trichloromethyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole.
  • The carbonyl compounds (b) include, for example, benzophenone derivatives, e.g., benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone or 2-carboxybenzophenone, acetophenone derivatives, e.g., 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, α-hydroxy-2-methylphenylpropanone, 1-hydrpxy-1-methylethyl-(p-isopropylphenyl)ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-(p-dodecylphenyl)ketone, 2-methyl-(4'-(methylthio)phenyl)-2-morpholino-1-propanone or 1,1,1,-trichloromethyl-(p-butylphenyl)ketone, thioxantone derivatives, e.g., thioxantone, 2-ethylthioxantone, 2-isopropylthioxantone, 2-chlorothioxantone, 2,4-dimetylthioxantone, 2,4-dietylthioxantone or 2,4-diisopropylthioxantone, and benzoic acid ester derivatives, e.g., ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate or ethyl p-diethylaminobenzoate.
  • The azo compounds (c) include, for example, azo compounds described in JP-A-8-108621 .
  • The organic peroxides (d) include, for example, trimethylcyclohexanone peroxide, acetylacetone peroxide, 1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane, 2,2-bis(tert-butylperoxy)butane, tert-butylhydroperoxide, cumene hydroperoxide, diisopropylbenzene hydroperoxide, 2,5-dimethylhexane-2,5-dihydroperoxide, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide, tert-butylcumyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(tert-butylperoxy)hexane, 2,5-oxanoyl peroxide, succinic peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide, diisopropylperoxy dicarbonate, di-2-ethylhexylperoxy dicarbonate, di-2-ethoxyethylperoxy dicarbonate, dimethoxyisopropylperoxy dicarbonate, di(3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl)peroxy dicarbonate, tert-butylperoxy acetate, tert-butylperoxy pivalate, tert-butylperoxy neodecanoate, tert-butylperoxy octanoate, tert-butylperoxy laurate, tersyl carbonate, 3,3',4,4'-tetra(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,4'-tetra(tert-hexylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,4'-tetra(p-isopropylcumylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, carbonyl di(tert-butylperoxydihydrogen diphthalate) and carbonyl di(tert-hexylperoxydihydrogen diphthalate).
  • The metallocene compounds (e) include, for example, various titanocene compounds described in JP-A-59-152396 , JP-A-61-151197 , JP-A-63-41484 , JP-A-2-249 , JP-A-2-4705 and JP-A-5-83588 , for example, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bisphenyl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,6-difluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,4-difluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,4,trifluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,6-difluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,4,6-trifluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl or dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,6-difluoro-3-(pyrol-1-yl)phen-1-yl, and iron-arene complexes described in JP-A-1-304453 and JP-A-1-152109 .
  • The azido compounds (f) include, for example, 2,6-bis(4-azidobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone.
  • The hexaarylbiimidazole compounds (g) include, for example, various compounds described in JP-B-6-29285 and U.S. Patents 3,479,185 , 4,311,783 and 4,622,286 , specifically, for example, 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-bromophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o,p-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(m-methoxyphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o,o'-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-nitrophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-methylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole or 2,2'-bis(o-trifluoromethylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole.
  • The organic borate compounds (h) include, for example, organic borates described in JP-A-62-143044 , JP-A-62-150242 , JP-A-9-188685 , JP-A-9-188686 , JP-A-9-188710 , JP-A-2000-131837 , 3P-A-2002-107916 , Japanese Patent 2,764,769 , JP-A-2002-116539 and Martin Kunz, Rad Tech '98, Proceeding, April 19-22 (1998), Chicago, organic boron sulfonium complexes or organic boron oxosulfonium complexes described in JP-A-6-157623 , JP-A-6-175564 and JP-A-6-175561 , organic boron iodonium complexes described in JP-A-6-175554 and JP-A-6-175553 , organic boron phosphonium complexes described in JP-A-9-188710 , and organic boron transition metal coordination complexes described in JP-A-6-348011 , JP-A-7-128785 , JP-A-7-140589 , JP-A-7-306527 and JP-A-7-292014 .
  • The disulfone compounds (i) include, for example, compounds described in JP-A-61-166544 and JP-A-2002-328465 .
  • The oxime ester compounds (j) include, for example, compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II, 1653-1660 (1979), J. C. S. Perkin II, 156-162 (1979), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology, 202-232 (1995) and JP-A-2000-66385 , and compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068 . Specific examples thereof include compounds represented by the following structural formulae:
    Figure imgb0027
  • The onium salt compounds (k) include, for example, diazonium salts described in S. I. Schlesinger, Photogr. Sci. Eng., 18, 387 (1974) and T. S. Bal et al., Polymer, 21, 423 (1980), ammonium salts described in U.S. Patent 4,069,055 and JP-A-4-365049 , phosphonium salts described in U.S. Patents 4,069,055 and 4,069,056 , iodonium salts described in European Patent 104,143 , U.S. Patents 339,049 and 410,201 , JP-A-2-150848 and JP-A-2-296514 , sulfonium salts described in European Patents 370,693 , 390,214 , 233,567 , 297,443 and 297,442 , U.S. Patents 4,933,377 , 161,811 , 410,201 , 339,049 , 4,760,013 , 4,734,444 and 2,833,827 and German Patents 2,904,626 , 3,604,580 and 3,604,581 , selenonium salts described in J.V. Crivello et al., Macromolecules, 10 (6), 1307 (1977) and J.V. Crivello et al., J. Polymer Sci., Polymer Chem. Ed., 17, 1047 (1979), and arsonium salts described in C.S. Wen et al., Teh, Proc. Conf. Rad. Curing ASIA, p. 478, Tokyo, Oct. (1988).
  • Particularly, in view of reactivity and stability, the oxime ester compounds and diazonium salts, iodonium salts and sulfonium salts described above are preferably exemplified. In the invention, the onium salt functions not as an acid generator but as an ionic radical polymerization initiator.
  • The onium salts preferably used in the invention include onium salts represented by the following formulae (RI-I) to (RI-III):
    Figure imgb0028
    Figure imgb0029
    Figure imgb0030
  • In formula (RI-I), Ar11 represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferable example of the substituent includes an alkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylimino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamido group or arylamido group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, an thioalkyl group having from I to 12 carbon atoms and an thioaryl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z11- represents a monovalent anion and specifically includes a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion, a thiosulfonate ion and a sulfate ion. From the standpoint of stability and visibility of print-out image, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion or a sulfinate ion is preferable.
  • In the formula (RI-II), Ar21 and Ar22 each independently represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferable example of the substituent includes an alkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylimino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamido group or arylamido group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, an thioalkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms and an thioaryl group having from I to 12 carbon atoms. Z21- represents a monovalent anion and specifically includes a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion, a thiosulfonate ion, a sulfate ion and a carboxylate ion. From the standpoint of stability and visibility of print-out image, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion or a carboxylate ion is preferable.
  • In the formula (RI-III), R31, R32 and R33 each independently represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, which may have 1 to 6 substituents, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group and is preferably an aryl group from the standpoint of reactivity and stability. Preferable example of the substituent includes an alkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having from I to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylimino group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamido group or arylamido group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, an thioalkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms and an thioaryl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z31- represents a monovalent anion and specifically includes a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion, a thiosulfonate ion, a sulfate ion and a carboxylate ion. From the standpoint of stability and visibility of print-out image, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonate ion, a sulfinate ion or a carboxylate ion is preferable. Carboxylate ions described in JP-A-2001-343742 are more preferable, and carboxylate ions described in JP-A-2002-148790 are particularly preferable.
  • Specific examples of the onium salt compound preferably used as the radical polymerization initiator in the invention are set forth below, but the invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
    Figure imgb0031
    Figure imgb0032
    PF6 - (N-2)
    Figure imgb0033
    Figure imgb0034
    ClO4 - (N-4)
    PF6 - (N-5)
    Figure imgb0035
    CF3SO3 - (N-6)
    BF4 - (N-7)
    Figure imgb0036
    Figure imgb0037
    ClO4 - (N-9)
    Figure imgb0038
    Figure imgb0039
    Figure imgb0040
    PF6 - (N-12)
    Figure imgb0041
    Figure imgb0042
    ClO4 - (N-14)
    Figure imgb0043
    PF6 - (N-16)
    Figure imgb0044
    Figure imgb0045
    Figure imgb0046
    PF6 - (I-2)
    Figure imgb0047
    PF6 - (I-3)
    Figure imgb0048
    Figure imgb0049
    ClO4 - (I-5)
    Figure imgb0050
    Figure imgb0051
    Figure imgb0052
    Figure imgb0053
    Figure imgb0054
    CF3SO3 - (I-8)
    Figure imgb0055
    BF4 - (I-13)
    Figure imgb0056
    Figure imgb0057
    Figure imgb0058
    Figure imgb0059
    ClO4 - (I-17)
    PF6 - (I-18)
    C4F8SO3 - (I-19)
    Figure imgb0060
    Figure imgb0061
    CF3COO- (I-21)
    CF3SO3 - (1-22)
    Figure imgb0062
    Figure imgb0063
    Figure imgb0064
    Figure imgb0065
    Figure imgb0066
    Figure imgb0067
    C4F9COO- (I-26)
    Figure imgb0068
    Figure imgb0069
    PF6 - (I-28)
    ClO4 - (I-29)
    Figure imgb0070
    Figure imgb0071
    PF6 - (I-31)
    C4F9SO3 - (I-32)
    Figure imgb0072
    Figure imgb0073
    BF4 - (I-34)
    Figure imgb0074
    PF6 - (I-36)
    Figure imgb0075
    PF6 - (I-37)
    C4F8SO3 - (I-38)
    Figure imgb0076
    Figure imgb0077
    Figure imgb0078
    Figure imgb0079
    PF6 - (S-2)
    ClO4 - (S-3)
    Figure imgb0080
    Figure imgb0081
    CF3SO3 - (S-6)
    Figure imgb0082
    Figure imgb0083
    Figure imgb0084
    Figure imgb0085
    Figure imgb0086
    Figure imgb0087
    Figure imgb0088
    Figure imgb0089
    Figure imgb0090
    Figure imgb0091
    Figure imgb0092
    BF4 - (S-16)
    Figure imgb0093
    Figure imgb0094
    Figure imgb0095
  • The radical polymerization initiator (B) is not limited to those described above. In particular, the organic halides (a), particularly the triazine type initiators included therein, the oxime ester compounds (j), the diazonium salts, iodonium salts and sulfonium salts included in the onium salt compounds (k) are more preferable from the standpoint of reactivity and stability. Of the radical polymerization initiators, onium salt compounds including as a counter ion, an inorganic anion, for example, PF6 - or BF4 - are preferable in combination with the infrared absorbing agent from the standpoint of improvement in the visibility of print-out image. Further, in view of excellence in the color-forming property, a diaryl iodonium is preferable as the onium salt.
  • The radical polymerization initiators (B) may be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • The radical polymerization initiator (B) can be added preferably in an amount from 0.1 to 50% by weight, more preferably from 0.5 to 30% by weight, particularly preferably from 0.8 to 20% by weight, based on the total solid content constituting the image-recording layer. In the range described above, good sensitivity and good stain resistance in the non-image area at the time of printing are obtained.
  • Further, the radical polymerization initiator (B) may be added together with other components to the same layer or may be added to an image-recording layer or a different layer provided adjacent thereto.
  • <(C) Polymerizable compound>
  • The polymerizable compound (C) for use in the invention is an addition-polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and it is selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more, terminal ethylenically unsaturated double bonds. Such compounds are widely known in the field of art and they can be used in the invention without any particular limitation. The compound has a chemical form, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, specifically, a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer, or a (co)polymer thereof, or a mixture thereof
  • Examples of the monomer and copolymer thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid or maleic acid) and esters or amides thereof Preferably, esters of an unsaturated carboxylic acid with an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compound and amides of an unsaturated carboxylic acid with an aliphatic polyvalent amine compound are used. An addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent, for example, a hydroxyl group, an amino group or a mercapto group, with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy, or a dehydration condensation reaction product of the unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide with a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid is also preferably used. Furthermore, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having an electrophilic substituent, for example, an isocyanato group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol, or a substitution reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a releasable substituent, for example, a halogen atom or a tosyloxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol is also preferably used. In addition, compounds in which the unsaturated carboxylic acid described above is replaced by an unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether or the like can also be used.
  • With respect to specific examples of the monomer, which is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compound with an unsaturated carboxylic acid, as an acrylic acid ester, for example, ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(acryloyloxypropyl) ether, trimethylolethane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanadiol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, sorbitol pentaacrylate, sorbitol hexaacrylate, tri(acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate or polyester acrylate oligomer is exemplified.
  • As a methacrylic acid ester, for example, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, hexanediol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, sorbitol trimethacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylate, bis[p-(3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]dimethylmethane or bis[p-(methacryloxyethoxy)phenyl]dimethylmethane is exemplified.
  • As an itaconic acid ester, for example, ethylene glycol diitaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1,3-butanediol diitaconate, 1,4-butanediol diitaconate, tetramethylene glycol diitaconate, pentaerythritol diitaconate or sorbitol tetraitaconate is exemplified.
  • As a crotonic acid ester, for example, ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate and sorbitol tetracrotonate is exemplified.
  • As an isocrotonic acid ester, for example, ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate and sorbitol tetraisocrotonate is exemplified.
  • As a maleic acid ester, for example, ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, pentaerythritol dimaleate or sorbitol tetramaleate is exemplified.
  • Other examples of the ester, which can be preferably used, include aliphatic alcohol esters described in JP-B-S1-47334 and JP-A-57-196231 , esters having an aromatic skeleton described in JP-A-59-5240 , JP-A-59-5241 and JP-A-2-226149 , and esters containing an amino group described in JP-A-1-165613 .
  • The above-described ester monomers can also be used as a mixture.
  • Specific examples of the monomer, which is an amide of an aliphatic polyvalent amine compound with an unsaturated carboxylic acid, include methylene bisacrylamide, methylene bismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bismethacrylamide, diethylenetriamine trisacrylamide, xylylene bisacrylamide and xylylene bismethacrylamide. Other preferable examples of the amide monomer include amides having a cyclohexylene structure described in JP-B-54-21726 .
  • Urethane type addition polymerizable compounds produced using an addition reaction between an isocyanate and a hydroxy group are also preferably used, and specific examples thereof include vinylurethane compounds having two or more polymerizable vinyl groups per molecule obtained by adding a vinyl monomer containing a hydroxy group represented by formula (2) shown below to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups per molecule, described in JP-B-48-41708 .

            CH2=C(R4)COOCH2CH(R5)OH     (2)

    wherein R4 and R5 each independently represents H or CH3.
  • Also, urethane acrylates described in JP-A-51-37193 , JP-B-2-32293 and JP-B-2-16765 , and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860 , JP-B-56-17654 , JP-B-62-39417 and JP-B-62-39418 are preferably used. Furthermore, a photopolymerizable composition having remarkably excellent photosensitive speed can be obtained by using an addition polymerizable compound having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in its molecule, described in JP-A-63-277653 , JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A-1-105238 .
  • Other examples include polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates, for example, polyester acrylates and epoxy acrylates obtained by reacting an epoxy resin with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, described in JP-A-48-64183 , JP-B-49-43191 and JP-B-52-30490 . Specific unsaturated compounds described in JP-B-46-43946 , JP-B-1-40337 and JP-B-140336 , and vinylphosphonic acid type compounds described in JP-A-2-25493 can also be exemplified. In some cases, structure containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-22048 can be preferably used. Moreover, photocurable monomers or oligomers described in Nippon Secchaku Kyokaishi (Journal of Japan Adhesion Society), Vol. 20, No. 7, pages 300 to 308 (1984) can also be used.
  • Details of the method of using the polymerizable compound, for example, selection of the structure, individual or combination use, or an amount added, can be appropriately arranged depending on the characteristic design of the final lithographic printing plate precursor. For instance, the compound is selected from the following standpoints.
  • In view of the sensitivity, a structure having a large content of unsaturated groups per molecule is preferred and in many cases, a bifunctional or more functional compound is preferred. In order to increase the strength of image area, that is, cured layer, a trifunctional or more functional compound is preferred. A combination use of compounds different in the functional number or in the kind of polymerizable group (for example, an acrylic acid ester, a methacrylic acid ester, a styrene compound or a vinyl ether compound) is an effective method for controlling both the sensitivity and the strength.
  • The selection and use method of the polymerizable compound are also important factors for the compatibility and dispersibility with other components (for example, a binder polymer, a radical polymerization initiator or a coloring agent) in the image-recording layer. For instance, the compatibility may be improved in some cases by using the compound of low purity or using two or more kinds of the compounds in combination. A specific structure may be selected for the purpose of improving an adhesion property to a support or a protective layer described hereinafter.
  • In the invention, the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably used in an amount from 5 to 80% by weight, more preferably from 25 to 75% by weight, based on the nonvolatile component of the image-recording layer.
  • In the method of using the polymerizable compound, the structure, blend and amount added can be appropriately selected by taking account of the extent of polymerization inhibition due to oxygen, resolution, fogging property, change in refractive index, surface tackiness and the like. Further, depending on the case, a layer construction, for example, an undercoat layer or an overcoat layer, and a coating method, may also be considered.
  • The image-recording layer according to the invention may contain the component described below, if desired.
  • <(D) Hydrophobilizing precursor>
  • The hydrophobilizing precursor for use in the invention includes a fine particle capable of converting the image-recording layer to be hydrophobic when heat is applied. The fine particle is preferably at least one particle selected from hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer fine particles and thermo-reactive polymer fine particles.
  • As the hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer fine particles for use in the image-recording layer, hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer fine particles described, for example, in Research Disclosure, No. 33303, January (1992), JP-A-9-123387 , JP-A-9-131850 , JP-A-9-171249 , JP-A-9-171250 and European Patent 931,647 are preferably exemplified.
  • Specific examples of the polymer constituting the polymer fine particle include a homopolymer or copolymer of a monomer, for example, ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile or vinyl carbazole, and a mixture thereof. Of the polymers, polystyrene and polymethyl methacrylate are more preferable.
  • The average particle size of the hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer fine particle for use in the invention is preferably from 0.01 to 2.0 µm.
  • Synthesis methods of the hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer fine particle having the particle size described above which can be used as the hydrophobilizing precursor include an emulsion polymerization method and a suspension polymerization method and in addition, a method (dissolution dispersion method) of dissolving the above compound in a water-insoluble organic solvent, mixing and emulsifying the solution with an aqueous solution containing a dispersant, and applying heat to the emulsion thereby solidifying the emulsion to a fine particle state while volatizing the organic solvent.
  • The thermo-reactive polymer fine particle which can be used as the hydrophobilizing precursor in the invention includes a thermosetting polymer fine particle and a polymer fine particle having a thermo-reactive group and they form a hydrophobilized region by crosslinkage due to thermal reaction and change in the functional group involved therein.
  • As the thermosetting polymer, a resin having a phenolic skeleton, a urea resin (for example, a resin obtained by resinification of urea or a urea derivative, for example, methoxymethylated urea, with an aldehyde, for example, formaldehyde), a melamine resin (for example, a resin obtained by resinification of melamine or a melamine derivative with an aldehyde, for example, formaldehyde), an alkyd resin, an unsaturated polyester resin, a polyurethane resin and an epoxy resin are exemplified. Of the resins, a resin having a phenolic skeleton, a melamine resin, a urea resin and an epoxy resin are especially preferable.
  • Preferable examples of the resin having a phenolic skeleton include a phenolic resin obtained by resinification of phenol or cresol with an aldehyde, for example, formaldehyde, a hydroxystyrene resin and a polymer or copolymer of methacrylamide, acrylamide, methacrylate or acrylate having a phenolic skeleton, for example, N-(p-hydroxyphenyl)methacrylamide or p-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate.
  • The average particle size of the thermosetting polymer fine particle for use in the invention is preferably from 0.01 to 2.0 µm.
  • While the thermosetting polymer fine particle can be easily obtained by a known dissolution dispersion method, it can also be produced by making the state of fine particle when the thermosetting polymer is synthesized. The method of producing the thermosetting polymer fine particle is not limited to these methods and known methods can be appropriately adopted.
  • As the thermo-reactive group in the polymer fine particle having a thermo-reactive group for use in the invention, a functional group performing any reaction can be used as long as a chemical bond is formed. For instance, an ethylenically unsaturated group (for example, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a vinyl group or an allyl group), a cationic polymerizable group (for example, a vinyl group or a vinyloxy group) performing a radical polymerization reaction, an isocyanate group performing an addition reaction or a blocked form thereof, an epoxy group, a vinyloxy group and a functional group having an active hydrogen atom (for example, an amino group, a hydroxy group or a carboxyl group) of the reaction partner, a carboxyl group performing a condensation reaction and a hydroxyl group or an amino group of the reaction partner, and an acid anhydride performing a ring opening addition reaction and an amino group or a hydroxyl group of the reaction partner are preferably exemplified.
  • The introduction of the functional group into polymer fine particle may be conducted at the polymerization or by utilizing a polymer reaction after the polymerization.
  • When the functional group is introduced at the polymerization, it is preferred that the monomer having the functional group is subjected to emulsion polymerization or suspension polymerization. Specific examples of the monomer having the functional group include allyl methacrylate, allyl acrylate, vinyl methacrylate, vinyl acrylate, 2-(vinyloxy)ethyl methacrylate, p-vinyloxystyrene, p-[2-(vinyloxy)ethyl]styene, glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl acrylate, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate or a blocked isocyanato thereof, for example, with an alcohol, 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate or a blocked isocyanato thereof, for example, with an alcohol, 2-aminoethyl methacrylate, 2-aminoethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride, a difunctional acrylate and a difunctional methacrylate, but the invention should not be construed as being limited to thereto.
  • In the invention, a copolymer of the monomer having the functional group and a monomer having no thermo-reactive group copolymerizable with the monomer can also be used. Examples of the copolymerizable monomer having no thermo-reactive group include styrene, an alkyl acrylate, an alkyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile and vinyl acetate, but the copolymerizable monomer having no thermo-reactive group should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • As the polymer reaction used in the case where the thermo-reactive group is introduced after the polymerization, polymer reactions described, for example, in WO 96/34316 can be exemplified.
  • Of the polymer fine particles having a thermo-reactive group, polymer fine particles which are coalesced with each other by heat are preferable, and those having a hydrophilic surface and dispersible in water are particularly preferable. It is preferred that the contact angle (water droplet in air) of a film prepared by coating only the polymer fine particle and drying the particle at temperature lower than the solidification temperature is lower than the contact angle (water droplet in air) of a film prepared by coating only the polymer fine particle and drying at temperature higher than the solidification temperature. For making the surface of polymer fine particle hydrophilic, it is effective to let a hydrophilic polymer or oligomer, for example, polyvinyl alcohol or polyethylene glycol, or a hydrophilic low molecular weight compound adsorb on the surface of the polymer fine particle. However, the method for hydrophilizing the surface of polymer fine particle should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • The solidification temperature of the polymer fine particle having a thermo-reactive group is preferably 70°C or higher, more preferably 100°C or higher in consideration of the time-lapse stability. The average particle size of the polymer fine particle is preferably from 0.01 to 2.0 µm, more preferably from 0.05 to 2.0 µm, particularly preferably from 0.1 to 1.0 µm. In the range described above, good resolution and good time-lapse stability can be achieved.
  • The content of the hydrophobilizing precursor is preferably in a range of 5 to 90% by weight in terms of a solid content concentration. By adding the hydrophobilizing precursor, strength of the image area can be increased.
  • <(E) Binder polymer>
  • In the image-recording layer according to the invention, a binder polymer can be used for the purpose of improving film strength of the image-recording layer. The binder polymer for use in the invention can be selected from those heretofore known without restriction, and a polymer having a film-forming property is preferable. Examples of the binder polymer include acrylic resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, polyurethane resins, polyurea resins, polyimide resins, polyamide resins, epoxy resins, methacrylic resins, polystyrene resins, novolac type phenolic resins, polyester resins, synthesis rubbers and natural rubbers.
  • The binder polymer may have a crosslinkable property in order to improve the film strength of the image area. In order to impart the crosslinkable property to the binder polymer, a crosslinkable functional group, for example, an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced into a main chain or side chain of the polymer. The crosslinkable functional group may be introduced by copolymerization.
  • Examples of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the main chain thereof include poly-1,4-butadiene and poly-1,4-isoprene.
  • Examples of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain thereof include a polymer of an ester or amide of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, which is a polymer wherein the ester or amide residue (R in -COOR or -CONHR) has an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • Examples of the residue (R described above) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include -(CH2)nCR1=CR2R3, -(CH2O)nCH2CR1=CR2R3, -(CH2CH2O)nCHCR1=CR2R3, -(CH2)nNH-CO-O-CH2CR1=CR2R3, -(CH2)n-O-CO-CR1=CR2R3 and -(CH2CH2O)2-X (wherein R1 to R3 each represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group, alkoxy group or aryloxy group, or R1 and R2 or R1 and R3 may be combined with each other to form a ring. n represents an integer of 1 to 10. X represents a dicyclopentadienyl residue).
  • Specific examples of the ester residue include -CH2CH=CH2 (described in JP-B-7-21633 ), -CH2CH2O-CH2CH=CH2, -CH2C(CH3)=CH2, -CH2CH=CH-C6H5, -CH2CH2OCOCH=CH-C6H5, -CH2CH2-NHCOO-CH2CH=CH2 and -CH2CH2O-X (wherein X represents a dicyclopentadienyl residue).
  • Specific examples of the amide residue include -CH2CH=CH2, -CH2CH2-Y (wherein Y represents a cyclohexene residue) and -CH2CH2-OCO-CH=CH2.
  • The binder polymer having crosslinkable property is cured, for example, by addition of a free radical (a polymerization initiating radical or a growing radical of a polymerizable compound during polymerization) to the crosslinkable functional group of the polymer and undergoing addition polymerization between the polymers directly or through a polymerization chain of the polymerizable compound to form crosslinkage between the polymer molecules. Alternately, it is cured by generation of a polymer radical upon extraction of an atom (for example, a hydrogen atom on a carbon atom adjacent to the functional crosslinkable group) in the polymer by a free radial and connecting the polymer radicals with each other to form cross-linkage between the polymer molecules.
  • The content of the crosslinkable group in the binder polymer (content of the radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond determined by iodine titration) is preferably from 0.1 to 10.0 mmol, more preferably from 1.0 to 7.0 mmol, most preferably from 2.0 to 5.5 mmol, based on 1 g of the binder polymer. In the range described above, good sensitivity and good preservation stability can be obtained.
  • From the standpoint of improvement in the on-press development property or gum development property in the unexposed area of the image-recording layer, it is preferred that the binder polymer has high solubility or high dispersibility in ink and/or dampening water. In order to increase the solubility or dispersibility in the ink, the binder polymer is preferably oleophilic and in order to increase the solubility or dispersibility in the dampening water, the binder polymer is preferably hydrophilic. Therefore, it is effective in the invention that an oleophilic binder polymer and a hydrophilic binder polymer are used in combination.
  • The hydrophilic binder polymer preferably includes, for example, a polymer having a hydrophilic group, for example, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylate group, a hydroxyethyl group, a polyoxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group, a polyoxypropyl group, an amino group, an aminoethyl group, an aminopropyl group, an ammonium group, an amido group, a carboxymethyl group, a sulfo group or a phosphoric acid group.
  • Specific examples the hydrophilic binder polymer include gum arabic, casein, gelatin, a starch derivative, carboxy methyl cellulose and a sodium salt thereof, cellulose acetate, sodium alginate, a vinyl acetate-maleic acid copolymer, a styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyacrylic acid and a salt thereof, polymethacrylic acid and a salt thereof, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxyethyl methacrylate, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxyethyl acrylate, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxypropyl methacrylate, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxypropyl acrylate, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxybutyl methacrylate, a homopolymer or copolymer of hydroxybutyl acrylate, a polyethylene glycol, a hydroxypropylene polymer, polyvinyl alcohol, a hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate having a hydrolysis degree of 60% by mole or more, preferably 80% by mole or more, polyvinyl formal, polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a homopolymer or copolymer of acrylamide, a homopolymer or polymer of methacrylamide, a homopolymer or copolymer of N-methylolacrylaniide, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, an alcohol-soluble nylon, a polyether of 2,2-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane and epichlorohydrin.
  • The weight average molecular weight of the binder polymer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably from 10,000 to 300,000. The number average molecular weight of the binder polymer is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably from 2,000 to 250,000. The polydispersity (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) thereof is preferably from 1.1 to 10.
  • The binder polymer is available by purchasing a commercial product or synthesizing according to a known method.
  • The content of the binder polymer is ordinarily from 5 to 90% by weight, preferably from 5 to 80% by weight, more preferably from 10 to 70% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer. In the range described above, good strength of the image area and good image-forming property can be obtained.
  • The polymerizable compound (C) and the binder polymer (E) are used preferably in a weight ratio of 0.4/1 to 1.8/1, more preferably in a weight ratio of 0.7/1 to 1.5/1. In the range described above, the effect of the invention of increasing the on-press development property or gum development property while maintaining the printing durability can be remarkably achieved.
  • <Microcapsule and/or microgel>
  • The image-recording layer according to the invention preferably has an embodiment of containing a microcapsule and/or microgel, from the standpoint of obtaining good on-press development property. Specifically, the embodiment of incorporating the above-described constituting components (A) to (C) of the image-recording layer and other constituting components described hereinafter into a microcapsule and/or microgel is preferable.
  • The microcapsule for use in the invention contains all or part of the constituting components (constituting components (A) to (C) described above) of the image-recording layer encapsulated as described, for example, in JP-A-2001-277740 and JP-A-2001-277742 . The constituting components of the image-recording layer may be present outside the microcapsules. It is a more preferable embodiment of the image-recording layer containing microcapsule that hydrophobic constituting components are encapsulated in microcapsules and hydrophilic constituting components are present outside the microcapsules.
  • According to the invention, the image-recording layer may have an embodiment containing a crosslinked resin particle, that is, a microgel. The microgel can contain a part of the constituting components (A) to (C) inside and/or on the surface thereof Particularly, an embodiment of a reactive microgel containing the polymerizable compound (C) on the surface thereof is preferable in view of the image-forming sensitivity and printing durability.
  • As a method of microencapsulation or microgelation of the constituting component of the image-recording layer, known methods can be used.
  • Methods of producing the microcapsule include, for example, a method of utilizing coacervation described in U.S. Patents 2,800,457 and 2,800,458 , a method of using interfacial polymerization described in U.S. Patent 3,287,154 , JP-B-38-19574 and JP-B-42-446 , a method of using deposition of polymer described in U.S. Patents 3,418,250 and 3,660,304 , a method of using an isocyanate polyol wall material described in U.S. Patent 3,796,669 , a method of using an isocyanate wall material described in U.S. Patent 3,914,511 , a method of using a urea-formzaldehyde-type or urea-formaldehyde-resorcinol-type wall-forming material described in U.S. Patens 4,001,140, 4,087,376 and 4,089,802, a method of using a wall material, for example, a melamine-formaldehyde resin or hydroxycellulose described in U.S. Patent 4,025,445 , an in-situ method by monomer polymerization described in JP-B-36-9163 and JP-B-51-9079 , a spray drying method described in British Patent 930,422 and U.S. Patent 3,111,407 , and an electrolytic dispersion cooling method described in British Patents 952,807 and 967,074 , but the invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • A preferable microcapsule wall used in the invention has three-dimensional crosslinking and has a solvent-swellable property. From this point of view, a preferable wall material of the microcapsule includes polyurea, polyurethane, polyester, polycarbonate, polyamide and a mixture thereof, and polyurea and polyurethane are particularly preferred. Further, a compound having a crosslinkable functional group, for example, an ethylenically unsaturated bond, capable of being introduced into the binder polymer described hereinafter may be introduced into the microcapsule wall.
  • On the other hand, methods of preparing the microgel include, for example, a method of utilizing granulation by interfacial polymerization described in JP-B-38-19574 and JP-B-42-446 and a method of utilizing granulation by dispersion polymerization in a non-aqueous system described in JP-A-5-61214 , but the invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • To the method utilizing interfacial polymerization, known production methods of microcapsule can be applied.
  • The microgel preferably used in the invention is granulated by interfacial polymerization and has three-dimensional crosslinking. From this point of view, a preferable material to be used includes polyurea, polyurethane, polyester, polycarbonate, polyamide and a mixture thereof, and polyurea and polyurethane are particularly preferred.
  • The average particle size of the microcapsule or microgel is preferably from 0.01 to 3.0 µm, more preferably from 0.05 to 2.0 µm, particularly preferably from 0.10 to 1.0 µm. In the range described above, good resolution and good time-lapse stability can be achieved.
  • <Other components of image-recording layer>
  • The image-recording layer according to the invention may further contain other components, if desired. Other components constituting the image-recording layer according to the invention will be described blow.
  • (1) Surfactant
  • In the image-recording layer according to the invention, a surfactant can be used in order to improve the state of coated surface.
  • The surfactant used includes, for example, a nonionic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant and a fluorine-based surfactant. Among them, a fluorine-based surfactant is preferable.
  • As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant containing a perfluoroalkyl group in its molecule is exemplified. Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include an anionic type, for example, perfluoroalkyl carboxylates, perfluoroalkyl sulfonates or perfluoroalkyl phosphates; an amphoteric type, for example, perfluoroalkyl betaines; a cationic type, for example, perfluoroalkyl trimethyl ammonium salts; and a nonionic type, for example, perfluoroalkyl amine oxides, perfluoroalkyl ethylene oxide adducts, oligomers having a perfluoroalkyl group and a hydrophilic group, oligomers having a perfluoroalkyl group and an oleophilic group, oligomers having a perfluoroalkyl group, a hydrophilic group and an oleophilic group or urethanes having a perfluoroalkyl group and an oleophilic group. Further, fluorine-based surfactants described in JP-A-62-170950 , JP-A-62-226143 and JP-A-60-168144 are also preferably exemplified.
  • The surfactants can be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • The content of the surfactant is preferably from 0.001 to 10% by weight, more preferably from 0.01 to 5% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • (2) Coloring agent
  • In the image-recording layer according to the invention, a dye having a large absorption in the visible region can be used as a coloring agent of the image formed. Specifically, the dye includes Oil yellow #101, Oil yellow #103, Oil pink #312, Oil green BG, Oil blue BOS, Oil blue #603, Oil black BY, Oil black BS, Oil black T-505 (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Victoria pure blue, Crystal violet (CI42555), Methyl violet (CI42535), Ethyl violet, Rhodamine B (CI45170B), Malachite green (CI42000), Methylene blue (CI52015) and dyes described in JP-A-62-293247 . Further, a pigment, for example, a phthalocyanine pigment, an azo pigment, carbon black or titanium oxide can also preferably be used.
  • It is preferred to add the coloring agent since distinction between the image area and the non-image area is easily conducted after the formation of image.
  • The amount of the coloring agent added is preferably from 0.01 to 10% by weight based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • (3) Print-out agent
  • To the image-recording layer according to the invention, a compound undergoing discoloration with an acid or radical can be added in order to form a print-out image.
  • As the compound used for such a purpose, various dyes, for example, of diphenylmethane type, triphenylmethane type, thiazine type, oxazine type, xanthene type, anthraquinone type, iminoquinone type, azo type and azomethine type are effectively used.
  • Specific examples thereof include dyes, for example, Brilliant green, Ethyl violet, Methyl green, Crystal violet, basic Fuchsine, Methyl violet 2B, Quinaldine red, Rose Bengal, Methanyl yellow, Thimol sulfophthalein, Xylenol blue, Methyl orange, Paramethyl red, Congo red, Benzo purpurin 4B, α-Naphthyl red, Nile blue 2B, Nile blue A, Methyl violet, Malachite green, Parafuchsine, Victoria pure blue BOH (produced by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil blue #603 (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil pink #312 (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil red 5B (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil scarlet #308 (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil red OG (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil red RR (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Oil green #502 (produced by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Spiron Red BEH special (produced by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), m-Cresol purple, Cresol red, Rhodamine B, Rhodamine 6G, Sulfo rhodamine B, Auramine, 4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquione, 2-carboxyanilino-4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)aminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolon or 1-β-naphtyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolon, and a leuco dye, for example, p, p', p"-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (leuco crystal violet) or Pergascript Blue SRB (produced by Ciba Geigy Ltd.).
  • In addition to those described above, a leuco dye known as a material for heat-sensitive paper or pressure-sensitive paper is also preferably used. Specific examples thereof include crystal violet lactone, malachite green lactone, benzoyl leuco methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)aminofluoran, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6-(n-ethyl-p-tolidino)fluoran, 3,6-dimethoxyfluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-5-methyl-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino)fluoran, 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-(N-N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-xylidinofluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-chlorofluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methoxy-7-aminofluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-(4-chloroanilino)fluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-chlorofluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-benzylaminofluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7,8-benzofluoran, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-xylidinofluoran, 3-pipelidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-pyrolidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3,3-bis(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(1-n-butyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3-(4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)-4-phthalide and 3-(4-diethylaminophenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide.
  • The amount of the dye undergoing discoloration with an acid or radical is preferably from 0.01 to 10% by weight based on the solid content of the image-recording layer. (4) Polymerization inhibitor
  • It is preferred to add a small amount of a thermal polymerization inhibitor to the image-recording layer according to the invention in order to inhibit undesirable thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound (C) during the production or preservation of the image-recording layer.
  • The thermal polymerization inhibitor preferably includes, for example, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butyl catechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol) and N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt.
  • The amount of the thermal polymerization inhibitor added is preferably from about 0.01 to about 5% by weight based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • (5) Higher fatty acid derivative
  • To the image-recording layer according to the invention, a higher fatty acid derivative, for example, behenic acid or behenic acid amide may be added to localize on the surface of the image-recording layer during a drying step after coating in order to avoid polymerization inhibition due to oxygen.
  • The amount of the higher fatty acid derivative added is preferably from about 0.1 to about 10% by weight based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • (6) Plasticizer
  • The image-recording layer according to the invention may contain a plasticizer in order to improve the on-press development property.
  • The plasticizer preferably includes, for example, a phthalic acid ester, e.g., dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, diisobutyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, octyl capryl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, ditridecyl phthalate, butyl benzyl phthalate, diisodecyl phthalate or diallyl phthalate; a glycol ester, e.g., dimethylglycol phthalate, ethylphthalylethyl glycolate, methylphthalylethyl glycolate, butylphthalylbutyl glycolate or triethylene glycol dicaprylate ester; a phosphoric acid ester, e.g., tricresyl phosphate or triphenyl phosphate; an aliphatic dibasic acid ester, e.g., diisobutyl adipate, dioctyl adipate, dimethyl sebacate, dibutyl sebacate, dioctyl azelate or dibutyl maleate; polyglycidyl methacrylate, triethyl citrate, glycerin triacetyl ester and butyl laurate.
  • The amount of the plasticizer is preferably about 30% by weight or less based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer.
  • (7) Fine inorganic particle
  • The image-recording layer according to the invention may contain fine inorganic particle in order to increase the strength of cured film and to improve the on-press development property.
  • The fine inorganic particle preferably includes, for example, silica, alumina, magnesium oxide, titanium oxide, magnesium carbonate, calcium alginate and a mixture thereof The fine inorganic particle can be used, for example, for strengthening the film or enhancing interface adhesion property due to surface roughening.
  • The fine inorganic particle preferably has an average particle size from 5 run to 10 µm, more preferably from 0.5 to 3 µm. In the range described above, it is stably dispersed in the image-recording layer, sufficiently maintains the film strength of the image-recording layer and can form the non-imaging area excellent in hydrophilicity and prevented from the occurrence of stain at the time of printing.
  • The fine inorganic particle described above is easily available as a commercial product, for example, colloidal silica dispersion.
  • The content of the fine inorganic particle is preferably 40% by weight or less, more preferably 30% by weight or less, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer. (8) Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound
  • The image-recording layer according to the invention may contain a hydrophilic low molecular weight compound in order to improve the on-press development property or gum development property without accompanying degradation of the printing durability, in addition to the betaine compound having the specific structure according to the invention.
  • The hydrophilic low molecular weight compound includes a water-soluble organic compound, for example, a glycol compound, e.g., ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol or tripropylene glycol, or an ether or ester derivative thereof, a polyhydroxy compound, e.g., glycerine, pentaerythritol or tris(2-hydroxyethyl)isocyanurate, an organic amine compound, e.g., triethanol amine, diethanol amine or monoethanol amine, or a salt thereof, an organic sulfonic acid compound, e.g., an alkyl sulfonic acid, toluene sulfonic acid or benzene sulfonic acid, or a salt thereof, an organic sulfamic acid compound, e.g., an alkyl sulfamic acid, or a salt thereof, an organic sulfuric acid compound, e.g., an alkyl sulfuric acid or an alkyl ether sulfuric acid, or a salt thereof, an organic phosphonic acid compound, e.g., phenyl phosphonic acid, or a salt thereof, an organic carboxylic acid, e.g., tartaric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid or an amino acid, or a salt thereof.
  • Of the compounds, an organic sulfonic acid, an organic sulfamic acid or an organic sulfate, for example, sodium salt or lithium salt of an organic sulfuric acid is preferably used.
  • Specific examples of the salt of organic sulfonic acid include sodium n-butylsulfonate, sodium isobutylsulfonate, sodium sec-butylsulfonate, sodium tert-butylsulfonate, sodium n-pentylsulfonate, sodium 1-ethylpropylsulfonate, sodium n-hexylsulfonate, sodium 1,2-dimethylpropylsulfonate, sodium 2-ethylbutylsulfonate, sodium 2-ethylhexylsulfonate, sodium cyclohexylsulfonate, sodium n-beptylsulfonate, sodium n-octylsulfonate, sodium tert-octylsulfonate, sodium n-nonylsulfonate, sodium allylsulfonate, sodium 2-methylallylsulfonate, sodium 4-[2-(2-butyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]butane-1-sulfonate, sodium 4-[2-(2-hexyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]butane-1-sulfonate, sodium 4-{2-[2-(2-ethyl)hexyloxyethoxy]ethoxy}butane-1-sulfonate, sodium 4-[2-(2-decyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]butane-1-sulfonate, sodium 4-{2-[2-(2-butyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}butane-1-sulfonate, sodium 4-[2-{2-[2-(2-ethyl)hexyloxyethoxy]ethoxy}ethoxy] butane-1-sulfonate, sodium benzenesulfonate, sodium p-toluenesulfonate, sodium p-hydroxybenzenesulfonate, sodium p-styrenesulfonate, sodium isophthalic acid dimethyl-5-sulfonate, disodium 1,3-benzenedisulfonate, trisodium 1,3,5-benzenetrisulfonate, sodium p-chlorobenzenesulfonate, sodium 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonate, sodium 1-naphtylsulfonate, sodium 2-naphtylsulfonate, sodium 4-hydroxynaphtylsulfonate, disodium 1,5-naphtyldisulfonate, disodium 2,6-naphtyldisulfonate, trisodium 1,3,6-naphtyltrisulfonate and lithium salts of these compounds wherein the sodium is exchanged with lithium.
  • Specific examples of the salt of organic sulfamic acid include sodium n-butylsulfamate, sodium isobutylsulfamate, sodium tert-butylsulfamate, sodium n-pentylsulfamate, sodium 1-ethylpropylsulfamate, sodium n-hexylsulfamate, sodium 1,2-dimethylpropylsulfamate, sodium 2-ethylbutylsulfamate, sodium cyclohexylsulfamate and lithium salts of these compounds wherein the sodium is exchanged with lithium.
  • The hydrophilic low molecular weight compound has the hydrophobic portion of a small structure and almost no surface active function and thus, it can be clearly distinguished from the surfactant described hereinbefore in which a long-chain alkylsulfonate or a long-chain alkylbenzenesulfonate is preferably used.
  • As the organic sulfate, a compound represented by formula (3) shown below is particularly preferably used.
    Figure imgb0096
  • In formula (3), R represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, m represents an integer of 1 to 4, and X represents sodium, potassium or lithium.
  • R in formula (3) preferably represents a straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms. These groups may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent capable of being introduced include a straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom and an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms.
  • Preferable examples of the compound represented by formula (3) include sodium oxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, sodium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, potassium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, lithium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, sodium trioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, sodium tetraoxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, sodium dioxyethylene hexyl ether sulfate, sodium dioxyethylene octyl ether sulfate and sodium dioxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate. Most preferable examples thereof include sodium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate, potassium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate and lithium dioxyethylene 2-ethylhexyl ether sulfate.
  • The amount of the hydrophilic low molecular weight compound added to the image-recording layer is preferably from 0.5 to 20% by weight, more preferably from 1 to 10% by weight, still more preferably from 2 to 8% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer. In the range described above, good on-press development property or gum development property and good printing durability are achieved.
  • The hydrophilic low molecular weight compounds may be used individually or as a mixture of two or more thereof.
  • (9) Oil-sensitizing agent
  • In the case where an inorganic stratiform compound is incorporated into a protective layer described hereinafter, in order to improve the ink-receptive property, an oil-sensitizing agent, for example, a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound or an ammonium group-containing polymer can be used into the image-recording layer.
  • These compounds function as a surface covering agent (oil-sensitizing agent) of the inorganic stratiform compound and prevents deterioration of the ink-receptive property during printing due to the inorganic stratiform compound.
  • As preferable examples of the phosphonium compound, compounds represented by formula (4) shown below described in JP-A-2006-297907 and compounds represented by formula (5) shown below described in JP-A-2007-50660 are exemplified.
    Figure imgb0097
  • In formula (4), R1 to R4 each independently represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group or a heterocyclic group, each of which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom, alternatively, at least two of R1 to R4 may be combined with each other to form a ring, and X- represents a counter anion.
  • In formula (5), Ar1 to Ar6 each independently represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, L represents a divalent connecting group, Xn- represents a n-valent counter anion, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, and m represents a number satisfying n x m = 2.
  • The aryl group preferably includes, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a fluorophenyl group, a chlorophenyl group, a bromophenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, an ethoxyphenyl group, a dimethoxyphenyl group, a methoxycarbonylphenyl group and a dimethylaminophenyl group. The heterocyclic group preferably includes, for example, a pyridyl group, a quinolyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a thienyl group and a furyl group. L preferably represents a divalent connecting group having from 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably a divalent connecting group having from 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Xn- preferably represents a halogen anion, for example, Cl-, Br- or I-, a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a sulfate ester anion, PF6 -, BF4 - and a perchlorate anion. Among them, a halogen anion, for example, Cl-, Br- or r, a sulfonate anion and a carboxylate anion are particularly preferable.
  • Specific examples of the phosphonium compound represented by formula (4) or (5) are set forth below.
    Figure imgb0098
    Figure imgb0099
    Figure imgb0100
    Figure imgb0101
    Figure imgb0102
  • A nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound described below is also exemplified as the oil-sensitizing agent, which is preferably used in the invention, as well as the phosphonium compound described above. Preferable examples of the nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound include compounds having a structure represented by formula (6) shown below.
    Figure imgb0103
  • In formula (6), R1 to R4 each independently represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heterocyclic group, each of which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom, alternatively, at least two of R1 to R4 may be combined with each other to form a ring, and X- represents an anion including PF6 -, BF4 - or an organic sulfonate anion having a substituent selected from an allyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group and a heterocyclic group.
  • Specifically, the nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound for use in the invention includes an amine salt in which at least one of R1 to R4 in formula (6) is a hydrogen atom, a quaternary ammonium salt in which any of R1 to R4 in formula (6) is not a hydrogen atom. Also, it may have a structure of an imidazolinium salt represented by formula (7) shown below, of a benzimidazolinium salt represented by formula (8) shown below, of a pyridinium salt represented by formula (9) shown below, or of a quinolinium salt represented by formula (10) shown below.
    Figure imgb0104
    Figure imgb0105
  • In the above formulae, R5 and R6 each independently represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heterocyclic group, each of which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom, and X- represents an anion having the same meaning as X- in formula (6).
  • Of the nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compounds, the quaternary ammonium salt and pyridinium salt are preferably used. Specific examples thereof are set forth below.
    Figure imgb0106
    Figure imgb0107
    Figure imgb0108
    Figure imgb0109
    Figure imgb0110
    Figure imgb0111
    Figure imgb0112
    Figure imgb0113
    Figure imgb0114
    Figure imgb0115
  • The amount of the phosphonium compound or nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound added to the image-recording layer is preferably from 0.01 to 20% by weight, more preferably from 0.05 to 10% by weight, most preferably from 0.1 to 5% by weight, based on the solid content of the image-recording layer. In the range described above, good ink-receptive property during printing is obtained.
  • As the oil-sensitizing agent for use in the invention, an ammonium group-containing polymer described below is also preferably exemplified. The ammonium group-containing polymer may be any polymer containing an ammonium group in its structure and is preferably a polymer containing as repeating units, a structure represented by formula (11) shown below and a structure represented by formula (12) shown below.
    Figure imgb0116
    In formulae (11) and (12), R11 and R12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R2 represents a divalent connecting group, for example, an alkylene group which may have a substituent or an alkyleneoxy group which may have a substituent, R31, R32 and R33 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkyl group, X- represents an organic or inorganic anion, for example, F, Cl-, Br, r, a benzenesulfonate anion which may have a substituent, a methylsulfate anion, an ehtylsulfate anion, a propylsulfate anion, a butylsulfate anion which may be branched, an amylsulfate anion which may be branched, PF6 -, BF4 - or B(C6F5)4 -, R4 represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 21 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, -(C2H4O)n-R5 or -(C3H6O)n-R5, R5 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group, and n represents I or 2.
  • The ammonium group-containing polymer includes at least one of the structural units represented by formula (11) and at least one of the structural units represented by formula (12), and it may include two or more of the structural units represented by formula (11) or (12) or both. A ratio of the both structural units is not particularly restricted and is particularly preferably from 5:95 to 80:20. The polymer may include other copolymerization component within a range of ensuring the effects of the invention.
  • As to the ammonium group-containing polymer, a reduced specific viscosity value (unit: cSt/g/ml) obtained according to the measuring method described below is preferably from 5 to 120, more preferably from 10 to 110, particularly preferably from 15 to 100.
  • <Measuring method of reduced specific viscosity>
  • In a 20 ml measuring flask was weighed 3.33 g of a 30% by weight polymer solution (1 g as a solid content) and the measuring flask was filled up to the gauge line with N-methyl pyrrolidone. The resulting solution was put into an Ubbelohde viscometer (viscometer constant: 0.010 cSt/s) and a period for running down of the solution at 30°C was measured. The viscosity was determined in a conventional manner according to the following calculating formula: Kinetic viscosity = Viscometer constant x Period for liquid to pass through a capillary sec
    Figure imgb0117
  • The content of the ammonium group-containing polymer is preferably from 0.0005 to 30.0% by weight, more preferably from 0.001 to 20.0% by weight, most preferably from 0.002 to 15.0% by weight, based on the total solid content of the image-recording layer. In the range described above, good ink-receptive property is obtained. The ammonium group-containing polymer may further be incorporated into a protective layer.
  • Specific examples of the ammonium group-containing polymer are set forth below.
    Figure imgb0118
    Figure imgb0119
    Figure imgb0120
    Figure imgb0121
    Figure imgb0122
    Figure imgb0123
    Figure imgb0124
    Figure imgb0125
    Figure imgb0126
    Figure imgb0127
    Figure imgb0128
    Figure imgb0129
    Figure imgb0130
    Figure imgb0131
    Figure imgb0132
    Figure imgb0133
    Figure imgb0134
    Figure imgb0135
    Figure imgb0136
    Figure imgb0137
    Figure imgb0138
    Figure imgb0139
    Figure imgb0140
    Figure imgb0141
    Figure imgb0142
  • <Formation of image-recording layer>
  • The image-recording layer according to the invention is formed by dispersing or dissolving each of the necessary constituting components described above in a solvent to prepare a coating solution and coating the solution on a support and drying.
  • The solvent used include, for example, ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2 propanol, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, dimethoxyethane, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetramethylurea, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, sulfolane, γ-butyrolactone, toluene and water, but the invention should not be construed as being limited thereto. The solvents may be used individually or as a mixture. The solid content concentration of the coating solution is preferably from 1 to 50% by weight.
  • As to the image-recording layer according to the invention, it is also possible to form the image-recording layer of multilayer structure by preparing plural coating solutions by dispersing or dissolving the same or different constituting components described above into the same or different solvents and conducting repeatedly the coating and drying plural times.
  • The coating amount (solid content) of the image-recording layer formed on a support after coating and drying may be varied according to the intended purpose but is ordinarily preferably from 0.3 to 3.0 g/m2. In the range described above, good sensitivity and good film property of the image-recording layer can be achieved.
  • Various methods can be used for the coating. Examples of the coating method include bar coater coating, spin coating, spray coating, curtain coating, dip coating, air knife coating, blade coating and roll coating.
  • (Undercoat layer)
  • In the lithographic printing plate precursor, an undercoat layer (also referred to as an intermediate layer) is provided between the support and the image-recording layer, if desired. As described hereinbefore, the invention includes the embodiment wherein the undercoat layer contains the compound represented by formula (n or (II).
  • The undercoat layer makes removal of the image-recording layer from the support in the unexposed area easy and thus the developing property can be improved. Further, it is advantageous that in the case of infrared laser exposure, since the undercoat layer acts as a heat insulating layer, heat generated upon the exposure does not diffuse into the support and is efficiently utilized and as a result, the increase in sensitivity can be achieved.
  • The constituting components other than the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) are described below.
  • As a compound for undercoat layer, specifically, for example, a silane coupling agent having an addition-polymerizable ethylenic double bond reactive group described in JP-A-10-282679 and a phosphorus compound having an ethylenic double bond reactive group described in JP-A-2-304441 are preferably exemplified.
  • As the most preferable compound for undercoat layer, a polymer resin having an adsorbing group, a hydrophilic group and a crosslinkable group is exemplified. The polymer resin is preferably obtained by copolymerization of a monomer having an adsorbing group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group and a monomer having a crosslinkable group.
  • The polymer resin for undercoat layer preferably has an adsorbing group to the hydrophilic surface of support. Whether adsorptivity to the hydrophilic surface of support is present or not can be judged, for example, by the following method.
  • A test compound is dissolved in an easily soluble solvent to prepare a coating solution, and the coating solution is coated and dried on a support so as to have the coating amount after drying of 30 mg/m2. After thoroughly washing the support coated with the test compound using the easily soluble solvent, the residual amount of the test compound that has not been removed by the washing is measured to calculate the adsorption amount of the test compound to the support. For measuring the residual amount, the residual amount of the test compound may be directly determined, or may be calculated by determining the amount of the test compound dissolved in the washing solution. The determination for the test compound can be performed, for example, by X-ray fluorescence spectrometry measurement, reflection absorption spectrometry measurement or liquid chromatography measurement The compound having the adsorptivity to support is a compound that remains by 1 mg/m2 or more even after conducting the washing treatment described above.
  • The adsorbing group to the hydrophilic surface of support is a functional group capable of forming a chemical bond (for example, an ionic bond, a hydrogen bond, a coordinate bond or a bond with intermolecular force) with a substance (for example, metal or metal oxide) or a functional group (for example, a hydroxy group) present on the hydrophilic surface of support. The adsorbing group is preferably an acid group or a cationic group.
  • The acid group preferably has an acid dissociation constant (pKa) of 7 or less. Examples of the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, -SO3H, -OSO;H, -PO3H2, -OPO3H2, -CONHSO2-, -SO2NHSO2- and -COCH2COCH3. Among them, -OPO3H2, and -PO3H2 are particularly preferred. The acid group may be the form of a metal salt
  • The cationic group is preferably an onium group. Examples of the onium group include an ammonium group, a phosphonium group, an arsonium group, a stibonium group, an oxonium group, a sulfonium group, a selenonium group, a stannonium group and iodonium group. Among them, the ammonium group, phosphonium group and sulfonium group are preferred, the ammonium group and phosphonium group are more preferred, and the ammonium group is most preferred.
  • Particularly preferable examples of the monomer having the adsorbing group which can be used in synthesis of the polymer resin suitable for the compound for undercoat layer include a compound represented by the following formula (U1) or (U2):
    Figure imgb0143
  • In formulae (U1) and (U2), R1, R2 and R3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, halogen atom or an alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R1, R2 and R3 each independently represents preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having from 1 to 3 carbon atoms, most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. It is particularly preferred that R2 and R3 each represents a hydrogen atom.
  • Z represents a functional group adsorbing to the hydrophilic surface of support With respect to the adsorbing functional group, the above description on the adsorbing group can be referred to.
  • In formulae (U1) and (U2), L represents a single bond or a divalent connecting group. It is preferred that L represents a divalent aliphatic group (for example, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkenylene group, a substituted alkenylene group, an alkinylene group or a substituted alkinylene group), a divalent aromatic group (for example, an arylene group or a substituted arylene group), a divalent heterocyclic group or a combination of each of these groups with an oxygen atom (-O-), a sulfur atom (-S-), an imino group (-NH-), a substituted imino group (-NR-, where R represents an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group) or a carbonyl group (-CO-).
  • The divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aliphatic group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, most preferably from 1 to 10. It is preferred that the divalent aliphatic group is a saturated aliphatic group rather than an unsaturated aliphatic group. The divalent aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.
  • The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aromatic group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 15, most preferably from 6 to 10. The divalent aromatic group may have a substituent Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.
  • It is preferred that the divalent heterocyclic group has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the hetero ring. Other heterocyclic ring, an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring may be condensed to the heterocyclic ring. The divalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an oxo group (=O), a thioxo group (=S), an imino group (=NH), a substituted imino group (--N-R, where R represents an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.
  • It is preferred that L represents a divalent connecting group containing a plurality of polyoxyalkylene structures in the invention. It is more preferred that the polyoxyalkylene structure is a polyoxyethylene structure. Specifically, it is preferred that L contains - (OCH2CH2)n- (n is an integer of 2 or more).
  • In formula (U1), X represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or imino group (-NH-). Preferably, X represents an oxygen atom.
  • In formula (U2), Y represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. In the case where Y is a nitrogen atom and L is connected to Y to form a quaternary pyridinium group, Z is not mandatory and may represents a hydrogen atom because the quaternary pyridinium group itself exhibits the adsorptivity.
  • Representative examples of the compound represented by formula (U1) or (U2) are set forth below.
    Figure imgb0144
    Figure imgb0145
  • The polymer resin suitable for the compound for undercoat layer preferably has a hydrophilic group. The hydrophilic group preferably includes, for example, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylate group, a hydroxyethyl group, a polyoxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group, a polyoxypropyl group, an amino group, an aminoethyl group, an aminopropyl group, an ammonium group, an amido group, a carboxymethyl group, a sulfo group and a phosphoric acid group. Among them, a sulfo group exhibiting a highly hydrophilic property is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the monomer having a sulfo group include a sodium salt or amine salt of methallyloxybenzenesulfonic acid, allyloxybenzenesulfonic acid, allylsulfonic acid, vinylsulfonic acid, p-styrenesulfonic acid, methallylsulfonic acid, acrylamido-tert-butylsulfonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid or (3-acryloyloxypropyl)buthylsulfonic acid. Among them, from the standpoint of the hydrophilic property and handling property in the synthesis thereof, sodium salt of 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid is preferable.
  • Such a monomer is preferably used in the synthesis of the polymer resin suitable for the compound for undercoat layer.
  • The polymer resin for undercoat layer according to the invention preferably has a crosslinkable group. The crosslinkable group acts to improve the adhesion property to the image area. In order to impart the crosslinking property to the polymer resin for undercoat layer, introduction of a crosslinkable functional group, for example, an ethylenically unsaturated bond into the side chain of the polymer or introduction by formation of a salt structure between a polar substituent of the polymer resin and a compound containing a substituent having a counter charge to the polar substituent of the polymer resin and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is used.
  • Examples of the polymer having the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain thereof include a polymer of an ester or amide of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, wherein the ester or amide residue (R in -COOR or -CONHR) has the ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • Examples of the residue (R described above) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include -(CH2)nCR1=C2R3, -(CH2O)nCH2CR1=CR2R3, -(CH2CH2O)nCH2CR1=R2R3, -(CH2)nNH-CO-O-CH2CR1=R2R3, -(CH2)n-O-CO-CR1=CR2R3 and -(CH2CH2O)2-X (wherein R1 to R3 each represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group, alkoxy group or aryloxy group, or R1 and R2 or R1 and R3 may be combined with each other to form a ring. n represents an integer of I to 10. X represents a dicyclopentadienyl residue).
  • Specific examples of the ester residue include -CH2CH=CH2 (described in JP-B-7-21633 ) -CH2CH2O-CH2CH=CH2, -CH2C(CH3)=CH2, -CH2CH=CH-C6H5, -CH2CH2OCOCH=CH-C6H5, -CH2CH2NHCOO-CH2CH=CH2 and -CH2CH2O-X (wherein X represents a dicyclopentadienyl residue).
  • Specific examples of the amide residue include -CH2CH=CH2, -CH2CH2O-Y (wherein Y represents a cyclohexene residue) and -CH2CH2OCO-CH=CH2.
  • As a monomer having a crosslinkable group for the polymer resin for undercoat layer, an ester or amide of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid having the crosslinkable group described above is preferably used.
  • The content of the crosslinkable group (content of the radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond determined by iodine titration) in the polymer resin for undercoat layer is preferably from 0.1 to 10.0 mmol, more preferably from 1.0 to 7.0 mmol, most preferably from 2.0 to 5.5 mmol, based on 1 g of the polymer resin. In the range described above, preferable compatibility between the sensitivity and stain resistance and good preservation stability can be achieved.
  • The weight average molecular weight of the polymer resin for undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably from 10,000 to 300,000. The number average molecular weight of the polymer resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably from 2,000 to 250,000. The polydispersity (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) thereof is preferably from 1.1 to 10.
  • The polymer resin for undercoat layer may be any of a random polymer, a block polymer, a graft polymer and the like, and is preferably a random polymer.
  • The polymer resins for undercoat layer may be used individually or in a mixture of two or more thereof.
  • The undercoat layer according to the invention may include a secondary or a tertiary amine or a polymerization inhibitor in order to prevent the occurrence of stain due to preservation of the lithographic printing plate precursor. Examples of the secondary or tertiary amine include imidazole, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 4-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde, tris(2-hydroxy-1-methyl)amine, 1,4-diazobicyclo[2,2,2]octane (DABCO), 1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4,4,0]deca-5-ene, 1,8-diazobicyclo[5,4,0]undeca-7-ene, 1,10-phenanthroline, 1,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)biphenyl, diphenylamine, 1,3-diphenylguanidine, 4-phenylpyridine and N,N'-ethylenebis(2,2,5,5-tetramethylpyrrolidine).
  • The polymerization inhibitor includes known thermal polymerization inhibitors. Preferable examples of the polymerization inhibitor include compounds selected from the group consisting of a phenolic hydroxy group-containing compound, a quinone compound, an N-oxide compound, a pyridine-1-oxyl free radical compound, a pyrrolidine-1-oxyl free radical compound, an N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine compound, a diazonium compound, a cationic dye, a sulfido group-containing compound, a nitro group-containing compound and a transition metal compound, for example, FeCl3 or CuCl2. Of the compounds, the quinone compound is particularly preferable. Specific examples of the quinone compound include 1,4-benzoquinine, 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-1,4-benzoquinine, 2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-benzoquinine, chloranil, 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinine, naphthoquinone, 2-fluoro-1,4-naphthoquinone, 2-hydroxyethyl-1,4-naphthoquinone, anthraquinone, 1,2,4-trihydroxyanthraquinone and 2,6-dihydroxyanthraquinone.
  • The amount of such a compound added to the undercoat layer is preferably from 10 to 90% by weight, more preferably from 20 to 80% by weight, most preferably from 30 to 70% by weight, to the constituting component of the undercoat layer.
  • As a compound effective for preventing the occurrence of stain, a compound having an amino group or a functional group having a polymerization inhibiting function and a group capable of interacting with the surface of aluminum support can also be used. Examples of the group capable of interacting with the surface of aluminum support include a trialkoxysilyl group, an onium group and an acid group selected from a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, -SO3H, -OSO3H, -PO3H2. -OPO3H2, -CONHSO2-, -SO2NHSO2- and -COCH2CO- and a metal salt thereof
  • Examples of the compound having an amino group and a group capable of interacting with the surface of aluminum support include a salt of 1,4-diazobicyclo[2,2,2]octane and an acid, a compound containing at least one 4-aza-1-azoniabicyclo[2,2,2]octane structure (for example, 1-methyl-4-aza-1-azoniabicyclo[2,2,2]octane p-toluenesulfonate), ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, hydroxyenediaminetriacetic acid, dihydroxyenediaminediacetic acid, 1,3-propanediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid and hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid Examples of the compound having a functional group having a polymerization inhibiting function and a group capable of interacting with the surface of aluminum support include 2-trimethoxysilylpropylthio-1,4-benzoquinone. 2,5-bis(trimethoxysilylpropylthio)-1,4-benzoquinone, 2-carboxyanthraquinone and 2-trimethylammonioanthraquinone chloride.
  • A coating solution for undercoat layer is obtained by dissolving the polymer resin for undercoat layer and necessary additives in an organic solvent (for example, methanol, ethanol, acetone or methyl ethyl ketone) and/or water. The coating solution for undercoat layer may contain an infrared absorbing agent.
  • In order to coat the coating solution for undercoat layer on the support, various known methods can be used. Examples of the method include bar coater coating, spin coating, spray coating, curtain coating, dip coating, air knife coating, blade coating and roll coating.
  • The coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably from 0.1 to 100 mg/m2, more preferably from 1 to 30 mg/m2.
  • (Support)
  • The support for use in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is not particularly restricted as long as it is a dimensionally stable plate-like material. The support includes, for example, paper, paper laminated with plastic (for example, polyethylene, polypropylene or polystyrene), a metal plate (for example, aluminum, zinc or copper plate), a plastic film (for example, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose nitrate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene, polystyrene, polypropylene, polycarbonate or polyvinyl acetal film) and paper or a plastic film laminated or deposited with the metal described above. Preferable examples of the support include a polyester film and an aluminum plate. Among them, the aluminum plate is preferred since it has good dimensional stability and is relatively inexpensive.
  • The aluminum plate includes a pure aluminum plate, an alloy plate comprising aluminum as a main component and containing a trace amount of hetero elements and a thin film of aluminum or aluminum alloy laminated with plastic. The hetero element contained in the aluminum alloy includes, for example, silicon, iron, manganese, copper, magnesium, chromium, zinc, bismuth, nickel and titanium. The content of the hetero element in the aluminum alloy is preferably 10% by weight or less. Although a pure aluminum plate is preferred in the invention, since completely pure aluminum is difficult to be produced in view of the refining technique, the aluminum plate may slightly contain the hetero element. The composition is not specified for the aluminum plate and those materials conventionally known and used can be appropriately utilized.
  • The thickness of the support is preferably from 0.1 to 0.6 mm, more preferably from 0.15 to 0.4 mm.
  • In advance of the use of aluminum plate, a surface treatment, for example, roughening treatment or anodizing treatment is preferably performed. The surface treatment facilitates improvement in the hydrophilic property and ensure for adhesion property between the image-recording layer and the support. Prior to the roughening treatment of the aluminum plate, a degreasing treatment, for example, with a surfactant, an organic solvent or an aqueous alkaline solution is conducted for removing rolling oil on the surface thereof, if desired.
  • The roughening treatment of the surface of the aluminum plate is conducted by various methods and includes, for example, mechanical roughening treatment, electrochemical roughening treatment (roughening treatment of electrochemically dissolving the surface) and chemical roughening treatment (roughening treatment of chemically dissolving the surface selectively).
  • As the method of the mechanical roughening treatment, a known method, for example, ball graining, brush graining, blast graining or buff graining can be used. Also, a transfer method can be employed wherein using a roll having concavo-convex shape the concavo-convex shape is transferred to the surface of aluminum plate during a rolling step of the aluminum plate.
  • The electrochemical roughening treatment method includes, for example, a method of conducting by passing alternating current or direct current in an electrolytic solution containing an acid, for example, hydrochloric acid or nitric acid. Also, a method of using a mixed acid described in JP-A-54-63902 can be exemplified.
  • The aluminum plate subjected to the roughening treatment is subjected, if desired, to an alkali etching treatment using an aqueous solution, for example, of potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide and further subjected to a neutralizing treatment, and then subjected to an anodizing treatment for improving the abrasion resistance, if desired.
  • As the electrolyte used for the anodizing treatment of the aluminum plate, various electrolytes capable of forming porous oxide film can be used. Ordinarily, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, oxalic acid, chromic acid or a mixed acid thereof is used. The concentration of the electrolyte can be appropriately determined depending on the kind of the electrolyte used.
  • Since the conditions for the anodizing treatment are varied depending on the electrolyte used, they cannot be defined commonly. However, it is ordinarily preferred that electrolyte concentration in the solution is from 1 to 80% by weight, liquid temperature is from 5 to 70°C, current density is from 5 to 60 A/dm2, voltage is from 1 to 100 V, and electrolysis time is from 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The amount of the anodized film formed is preferably from 1.0 to 5.0 g/m2, more preferably from 1.5 to 4.0 g/m2. In the range described above, good printing durability and good scratch resistance in the non-image area of lithographic printing plate can be achieved.
  • The aluminum plate subjected to the surface treatment and having the anodized film as described above is used as it is as the support in the invention. However, in order to more improve the adhesion property to a layer provided thereon, hydrophilicity, stain resistance, heat insulating property or the like, other treatment, for example, an enlarging treatment of micropores or a sealing treatment of micropores of the anodized film described in JP-A-2001-253181 and JP-A-2001-322365 , or a surface hydrophilizing treatment by immersing in an aqueous solution containing a hydrophilic compound may be appropriately conducted. Needless to say, the enlarging treatment and sealing treatment are not limited to those described in the above-described patents and any conventionally known method may be employed. For instance, as the sealing treatment, as well as a sealing treatment with steam, a sealing treatment with fluorozirconic acid alone, a sealing treatment with sodium fluoride or a sealing treatment with steam having added thereto lithium chloride may be employed.
  • The sealing treatment for use in the invention is not particularly limited and conventionally known methods can be employed. Among them, a sealing treatment with an aqueous solution containing an inorganic fluorine compound, a sealing treatment with water vapor and a sealing treatment with hot water are preferred. The sealing treatments will be described in more detail below, respectively.
  • <1> Sealing treatment with aqueous solution containing inorganic fluorine compound
  • As the inorganic fluorine compound used in the sealing treatment with an aqueous solution containing an inorganic fluorine compound, a metal fluoride is preferably exemplified.
  • Specific examples thereof include sodium fluoride, potassium fluoride, calcium fluoride, magnesium fluoride, sodium fluorozirconate, potassium fluorozirconate, sodium fluorotitanate, potassium fluorotitanate, ammonium fluorozirconate, ammonium fluorotitanate, potassium fluorotitanate, fluorozirconic acid, fluorotitanic acid, hexafluorosilicic acid, nickel fluoride, iron fluoride, fluorophosphoric acid and ammonium fluorophosphate. Among them, sodium fluoroarconate, sodium fluorotitanate, fluorozirconic acid and fluorotitanic acid are preferred.
  • The concentration of the inorganic fluorine compound in the aqueous solution is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.05% by weight or more, in view of performing satisfactory sealing of micropores of the anodized film, and it is preferably 1% by weight or less, more preferably 0.5% by weight or less, in view of the stain resistance.
  • The aqueous solution containing an inorganic fluorine compound preferably further contains a phosphate compound. When the phosphate compound is contained, the hydrophilicity on the anodized film surface is increased and thus, the on-press development property and stain resistance can be improved.
  • Preferable examples of the phosphate compound include phosphates of metal, for example, an alkali metal or an alkaline earth metal.
  • Specific examples of the phosphate compound include zinc phosphate, aluminum phosphate, ammonium phosphate, diammonium hydrogen phosphate, ammonium dihydrogen phosphate, monoammonium phosphate, monopotassium phosphate, monosodium phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, dipotassium hydrogen phosphate, calcium phosphate, sodium ammonium hydrogen phosphate, magnesium hydrogen phosphate, magnesium phosphate, ferrous phosphate, ferric phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, lead phosphate, diammonium phosphate, calcium dihydrogen phosphate, lithium phosphate, phosphotungstic acid, ammonium phosphotungstate, sodium phosphotungstate. ammonium phosphomolybdate, sodium phosphomolybdate, sodium phosphite, sodium tripolyphosphate and sodium pyrophosphate. Among them, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate and dipotassium hydrogen phosphate are preferred.
  • The combination of inorganic fluorine compound and phosphate compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferred that the aqueous solution contains at least sodium fluorozirconate as the inorganic fluorine compound and at least sodium dihydrogen phosphate as the phosphate compound.
  • The concentration of the phosphate compound in the aqueous solution is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.1% by weight or more, in view of improvement in the on-press development property and stain resistance, and it is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 5% by weight or less, in view of solubility.
  • The ratio of respective compounds in the aqueous solution is not particularly limited, and the weight ratio between the inorganic fluorine compound and the phosphate compound is preferably from 1/200 to 10/1, more preferably from 1/30 to 2/1.
  • The temperature of the aqueous solution is preferably 20°C or more, more preferably 40°C or more, and it is preferably 100°C or less, more preferably 80°C or less.
  • The pH of the aqueous solution is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and it is preferably 11 or less, more preferably 5 or less.
  • A method of the sealing treatment with the aqueous solution containing an inorganic fluorine compound is not particularly limited and examples thereof include a dipping method and a spray method. One of the treatments may be used alone once or multiple times, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • In particular, the dipping method is preferred. In the case of performing the treatment using the dipping method, the treating time is preferably one second or more, more preferably 3 seconds or more, and it is preferably 100 seconds or less, more preferably 20 seconds or less.
  • <2> Sealing treatment with water vapor
  • Examples of the sealing treatment with water vapor include a method of continuously or discontinuously bringing water vapor under applied pressure or normal pressure into contact with the anodized film.
  • The temperature of the water vapor is preferably 80°C or more, more preferably 95°C or more, and it is preferably 105°C or less.
  • The pressure of the water vapor is preferably in a range from (atmospheric pressure-50 mmAg) to (atmospheric pressure + 300 mmAg) (from 1.008×105 to 1.043×105 Pa).
  • The time period for which water vapor is contacted is preferably one second or more, more preferably 3 seconds or more, and it is preferably 100 seconds or less, more preferably 20 seconds or less.
  • <3> Sealing treatment with hot water
  • Examples of the sealing treatment with hot water include a method of dipping the aluminum plate having formed thereon the anodized film in hot water.
  • The hot water may contain an inorganic salt (for example, a phosphate) or an organic salt.
  • The temperature of the hot water is preferably 80°C or more, more preferably 95°C or more, and it is preferably 100°C or less.
  • The time period for which the aluminum plate is dipped in the hot water is preferably one second or more, more preferably 3 seconds or more, and it is preferably 100 seconds or less, more preferably 20 seconds or less.
  • The hydrophilizing treatment includes an alkali metal silicate method described in U.S. Patents 2,714,066 , 3,181,461 , 3,280,734 and 3,902,734 . In the method, the support is subjected to immersion treatment or electrolytic treatment in an aqueous solution containing, for example, sodium silicate. In addition, the hydrophilizing treatment includes, for example, a method of treating with potassium fluorozirconate described in JP-B-36-22063 and a method of treating with polyvinyl phosphonic acid described in U.S. Patents 3,276,868 , 4,153,461 and 4,689,272 .
  • In the case of using a support having a surface of insufficient hydrophilicity, for example, a polyester film, in the invention, it is desirable to coat a hydrophilic layer thereon to make the surface sufficiently hydrophilic. Examples of the hydrophilic layer preferably includes a hydrophilic layer formed by coating a coating solution containing a colloid of oxide or hydroxide of at least one element selected from beryllium, magnesium, aluminum, silicon, titanium, boron, germanium, tin, zirconium, iron, vanadium, antimony and a transition metal described in JP-A-2001-199175 , a hydrophilic layer containing an organic hydrophilic matrix obtained by crosslinking or pseudo-crosslinking of an organic hydrophilic polymer described in JP-A-2002-79772 , a hydrophilic layer containing an inorganic hydrophilic matrix obtained by sol-gel conversion comprising hydrolysis and condensation reaction of polyalkoxysilane and titanate, zirconate or aluminate, and a hydrophilic layer comprising an inorganic thin layer having a surface containing metal oxide. Among them, the hydrophilic layer formed by coating a coating solution containing a colloid of oxide or hydroxide of silicon is preferred.
  • Further, in the case of using, for example, a polyester film as the support in the invention, it is preferred to provide an antistatic layer on the hydrophilic layer side, opposite side to the hydrophilic layer or both sides. When the antistatic layer is provided between the support and the hydrophilic layer, it also contributes to improve the adhesion property of the hydrophilic layer to the support. As the antistatic layer, a polymer layer having fine particles of metal oxide or a matting agent dispersed therein described in JP-A-2002-79772 can be used.
  • The support preferably has a center line average roughness of 0.10 to 12 µm In the range described above, good adhesion property to the image-recording layer, good printing durability and good stain resistance can be achieved.
  • (Protective layer)
  • In the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention, it is preferred to provide a protective layer (overcoat layer) on the image-recording layer.
  • The protective layer has a function for preventing, for example, occurrence of scratch in the image-recording layer or ablation caused by exposure with a high illuminance laser beam, in addition to the function for restraining an inhibition reaction against the image formation by means of oxygen blocking.
  • The components constituting the protective layer will be described below.
  • Ordinarily, the exposure process of a lithographic printing plate precursor is performed in the air. The image-forming reaction occurred upon the exposure process in the image-recording layer may be inhibited by a low molecular weight compound, for example, oxygen or a basic substance present in the air. The protective layer prevents the low molecular weight compound, for example, oxygen or the basic substance from penetrating into the image-recording layer and as a result, the inhibition of image-forming reaction at the exposure process in the air can be avoided. Accordingly, the property required of the protective layer is to reduce permeability of the low molecular compound, for example, oxygen Further, the protective layer preferably has good transparency to light used for the exposure, is excellent in an adhesion property to the image-recording layer, and can be easily removed during the on-press development processing step after the exposure. With respect to the protective layer having such properties, there are described, for example, in U.S. Patent 3,458,311 and JP-B-5549729 .
  • As a material for use in the protective layer, any water-soluble polymer and water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected to use. Specifically, a water-soluble polymer, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, a modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl imidazole, polyacrylic acid, polyacrylamide, a partially saponified product of polyvinyl acetate, an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a water-soluble cellulose derivative, gelatin, a starch derivative or gum arabic, and a polymer, for example, polyvinylidene chloride, poly(meth)acrylonivile, polysulfone, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyamide or cellophane are exemplified.
  • The polymers may be used in combination of two or more thereof, if desired
  • As a relatively useful material for use in the protective layer, a water-soluble polymer compound excellent in crystallinity is exemplified. Specifically, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl imidazole, a water-soluble acrylic resin, for example, polyacrylic acid, gelatin or gum arabic is preferably used. Above all, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl imidazole are more preferably used from the standpoint of capability of coating with water as a solvent and easiness of removal with dampening water at the printing. Among them, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) provides most preferable results on the fundamental properties, for example, oxygen blocking property or removability with development.
  • The polyvinyl alcohol for use in the protective layer may be partially substituted with ester, ether or acetal as long as it contains a substantial amount of unsubstituted vinyl alcohol units necessary for maintaining water solubility. Also, the polyvinyl alcohol may partially contain other copolymerization components. For instance, polyvinyl alcohols of various polymerization degrees having at random a various kind of hydrophilic modified cites, for example, an anion-modified cite modified with an anion, e.g., a carboxyl group or a sulfo group, a cation-modified cite modified with a cation, e.g., an amino group or an ammonium group, a silanol-modified cite or a thiol-modified cite, and polyvinyl alcohols of various polymerization degrees having at the terminal of the polymer chain a various kind of modified cites, for example, the above-described anion-modified cite, cation modified cite, silanol-modified cite or thiol-modified cite, an alkoxy-modified cite, a sulfide-modified cite, an ester modified cite of vinyl alcohol with a various kind of organic acids, an ester modified cite of the above-described anion-modified cite with an alcohol or an epoxy-modified cite are also preferably used.
  • Preferable examples of the polyvinyl alcohol include those having a hydrolysis degree of 71 to 100% by mole and a polymerization degree of 300 to 2,400. Specific examples of the polyvinyl alcohol include PVA-105, PVA-110, PVA-117, PVA-117H, PVA-120, PVA-124, PVA-124H, PVA-CS, PVA-CST, PVA-HC, PVA-203, PVA-204, PVA-205, PVA-210, PVA-217, PVA-220, PVA-224, PVA-217EE, PVA-217E, PVA-220E, PVA-224E, PVA-405, PVA-420, PVA-613 and L-8, produced by Kuraray Co., Ltd.
  • Specific examples of the modified polyvinyl alcohol include that having an anion-modified cite, for example, Ski,-318, KL-118, KM-618, KM-118 or SK-5102, that having a cation-modified cite, for example, C-318, C-118 or CM-318, that having a terminal thiol-modified cite, for example, M-205 or M-115, that having a terminal sulfide-modified cite, for example, MP-103, MP-203, MP-102 or MP-202, that having an ester-modified cite with a higher fatty acid at the terminal, for example, HL-12E or HL-1203 and that having a reactive silane-modified cite, for example, R-1130, R-2105 or R-2130.
  • It is also preferable that the protective layer contains an inorganic stratiform compound, that is, an inorganic compound having a stratiform structure and a tabular shape. By using the inorganic stratiform compound together, in addition that the oxygen blocking property is more increased and the film strength of the protective layer is more increased to improve the scratch resistance, a matting property is imparted to the protective layer.
  • The stratiform compound includes, for instance, mica, for example, natural mica represented by the following formula: A (B, C)2-5 D4 O10 (OH, F, O)2, (wherein A represents any one of Li, K, Na, Ca, Mg and an organic cation, B and C each represents any one of Fe (II), Fe(III), Mn, Al, Mg and V, and D represents Si or Al) or synthetic mica, talc represented by the following formula: 3MgO·4SiO·H2O, teniolite, montmorillonite, saponite, hectolite and zirconium phosphate.
  • Of the mica compounds, examples of the natural mica include muscovite, paragonite, phlogopite, biotite and lepidolite. Examples of the synthetic mica include non-swellable mica, for example, fluorphlogopite KMg3(AlSi3O10)F2 or potassium tetrasilic mica KMg2.5(Si4O10)F2, and swellable mica, for example, Na tetrasilic mica NaMg2.5(Si4O10)F2, Na or Li teniolite (Na, Li)Mg2Li(Si4O10)F2, or montmorillonite based Na or Li hectolite (Na, Li)1/8Mg2/5Li1/8Si4O10)F2. Synthetic smectite is also useful.
  • Of the mica compounds, fluorine-based swellable mica, which is a synthetic stratiform compound, is particularly useful. Specifically, the mica and an swellable clay mineral, for example, montmorillonite, saponite, hectolite or bentonite have a stratiform structure comprising a unit crystal lattice layer having thickness of approximately 10 to 15 angstroms, and metallic atom substitution in the lattices thereof is remarkably large in comparison with other clay minerals. As a result, the lattice layer results in lack of positive charge and to compensate it, a cation, for example, Li+, Na+, Ca2+, Mg2+ or an organic cation, e.g., an amine salt, a quaternary ammonium salt, a phosphonium salt or a sulfonium salt is adsorbed between the lattice layers. The stratiform compound swells upon contact with water. When share is applied under such condition, the stratiform crystal lattices are easily cleaved to form a stable sol in water. Since the bentnite and swellable synthetic mica have strongly such tendency, they are useful for the invention and particularly, the swellable synthetic mica is preferably used in the invention from the standpoint of ready availability and uniformity of the quality.
  • The shape of the stratiform compound is tabular and from the standpoint of control of diffusion, the thinner the thickness or the larger the plain size as long as smoothness of coated surface and transmission of actinic radiation are not damaged, the better. Therefore, an aspect ratio of the stratiform compound is ordinarily 20 or more, preferably 100 or more, particularly preferably 200 or more. The aspect ratio is a ratio of thickness to major axis of particle and can be determined, for example, from a projection drawing of particle by a microphotography. The larger the aspect ratio, the greater the effect obtained.
  • As for the particle diameter of the stratiform compound, an average diameter is ordinarily from 0.3 to 20 µm, preferably from 0.5 to 10 µm, particularly preferably from 1 to 5 µm. When the particle diameter is less than 0.3 µm, the inhibition of permeation of oxygen or moisture is insufficient and the effect of the stratiform compound can not be satisfactorily achieved On the other hand, when it is larger than 20 µm, the dispersion stability of the particle in the coating solution is insufficient to cause a problem in that stable coating can not be performed. An average thickness of the particle is ordinarily 0.1 µm or less, preferably 0.05 µm or less, particularly preferably 0.01 µm or less. For example, with respect to the swellable synthetic mica that is the representative compound of the inorganic stratiform compounds, the thickness is approximately from 1 to 50 nm and the plain size is approximately from 1 to 20 µm.
  • When such an inorganic stratiform compound particle having a large aspect ratio is incorporated into the protective layer, strength of the coated layer increases and penetration of oxygen or moisture can be effectively inhibited and thus, the protective layer can be prevented from deterioration due to deformation, and even when the lithographic printing plate precursor is preserved for a long period of time under a high humidity condition, it is prevented from decrease in the image-forming property thereof due to the change of humidity and exhibits excellent preservation stability.
  • An example of common dispersing method for using the stratiform compound in the protective layer is described below.
  • Specifically, from 5 to 10 parts by weight of a swellable stratiform compound which is exemplified as a preferable stratiform compound is added to 100 parts by weight of water to adapt the compound to water and to be swollen, followed by dispersing using a dispersing machine. The dispersing machine used include, for example, a variety of mills conducting dispersion by directly applying mechanical power, a high-speed agitation type dispersing machine providing a large shear force and a dispersion machine providing ultrasonic energy of high intensity. Specific examples thereof include a ball mill, a sand grinder mill, a visco mill, a colloid mill, a homogenizer, a dissolver, a polytron, a homomixer, a homoblender, a keddy mill, a jet agitor, a capillary type emulsifying device, a liquid siren, an electromagnetic strain type ultrasonic generator and an emulsifying device having Polman whistle. A dispersion containing from 5 to 10% by weight of the inorganic stratiform compound thus prepared is highly viscous or gelled and exhibits extremely good preservation stability.
  • In the formation of a coating solution for protective layer using the dispersion, it is preferred that the dispersion is diluted with water, sufficiently stirred and then mixed with a binder solution.
  • The content of the inorganic stratiform compound in the protective layer is ordinarily from 5/1 to 1/100 in terms of a weight ratio of the inorganic stratiform compound to the amount of a binder used in the protective layer. When a plural kind of the inorganic stratiform compounds is used together, it is preferred that the total amount of the inorganic stratiform compounds is in the range of weight ratio described above.
  • As other additive for the protective layer, glycerin, dipropylene glycol, propionamide, cyclohexane diol, sorbitol or the like can be added in an amount corresponding to several % by weight of the water-soluble or water-insoluble polymer to impart flexibility. Also, a known additive, for example, a water-soluble (meth)acrylic polymer or a water-soluble plasticizer can be added in order to improve the physical property of the protective layer.
  • Further, the protective layer according to the invention is formed using a coating solution for protective layer as described below and to the coating solution for protective layer may be added known additives for increasing an adhesion property to the image-recording layer or for improving time-lapse stability of the coating solution.
  • Specifically, an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant can be added to the coating solution of protective layer in order to improve the coating property. More specifically, an anionic surfactant, for example, sodium alkyl sulfate or sodium alkyl sulfonate; an amphoteric surfactant, for example, alkylamino carboxylic acid salt or alkylamino dicarboxylic acid salt; or a non-ionic surfactant, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether can be added. The amount of the surfactant added is from 0.1 to 100% by weight of the water-soluble or water-insoluble polymer.
  • Further, for the purpose of improving the adhesion property to the image-recording layer, for example, it is described in JP-A-49-70702 and BP-A-1,303,578 that sufficient adhesion can be obtained by mixing from 20 to 60% by weight of an acrylic emulsion, a water-insoluble vinyl pyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer or the like in a hydrophilic polymer mainly comprising polyvinyl alcohol and coating the mixture on the image-recording layer. In the invention, any of such known techniques can be used.
  • Moreover, the oil-sensitizing agent, for example, the nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, ammonium group-containing polymer as described above may be added to the protective layer. By the addition of such a compound, the effect of increasing the ink-receptive property is further achieved. In the case of adding the oil-sensitizing agent in the protective layer, the amount thereof added is preferably in a range of 0.5 to 30% by weight
  • Furthermore, other functions can also be provided to the protective layer. For instance, by adding a coloring agent (for Example, a water-soluble dye), which is excellent in permeability for infrared ray used for the exposure and capable of efficiently absorbing light at other wavelengths, a safe light adaptability can be improved without causing decrease in the sensitivity. Further, for the purpose of controlling a slipping property of the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor, a spherical fine inorganic particle as described above with respect to the image-recording layer may be incorporated into the protective layer. The fine inorganic particle preferably includes, for example, silica, alumina, magnesium oxide, titanium oxide, magnesium carbonate, calcium alginate and a mixture thereof. The fine inorganic particle preferably has an average particle size from 5 nm to 10 µm, more preferably from 50 nm to 3 µm. The fine inorganic particle described above is easily available as a commercial product, for example, colloidal silica dispersion.
  • The content of the fine inorganic particle is preferably 40% by weight or less, more preferably 20% by weight or less, based on the total solid content of the protective layer.
  • The formation of protective layer is performed by coating a coating solution for protective layer prepared by dispersing or dissolving the components of protective layer in a solvent on the image-recording layer, followed by drying.
  • The coating solvent may be appropriately selected in view of the binder used, and when a water-soluble polymer is used, distilled water or purified water is preferably used as the solvent.
  • A coating method of the protective layer is not particularly limited, and known methods, for example, methods described in U.S. Patent 3,458,311 and JP-B-55-49729 can be utilized.
  • Specifically, in the formation of protective layer, for example, a blade coating method, an air knife coating method, a gravure coating method, a roll coating methods, a spray coating method, a dip coating method or a bar coating method is used.
  • The coating amount of the protective layer is preferably in a range from 0.01 to 10 g/m2, more preferably in a range from 0.02 to 3 g/m2, most preferably in a range from 0.02 to 1 g/m2, in terms of the coating amount after drying.
  • (Backcoat layer)
  • After applying the surface treatment to the support or forming the undercoat layer on the support, a backcoat layer can be provided on the back surface of the support, if desired.
  • The backcoat layer preferably includes, for example, a coating layer comprising an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885 and a coating layer comprising a metal oxide obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation of an organic metal compound or an inorganic metal compound described in JP-A-6-34174 . Among them, use of an alkoxy compound of silicon, for example, Si(OCH3)4, Si(OC2H5)4, Si(OC3H7)4 or Si(OC4H9)4 is preferred since the starting materials are inexpensive and easily available.
  • [Plate making method]
  • The plate making method of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention includes two embodiments. The first embodiment is on-press development and the second embodiment is gum development.
  • (On-press development method)
  • The on-press development method includes a step in which the lithographic printing plate precursor is imagewise exposed and a printing step in which oily ink and an aqueous component are supplied to the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor without undergoing any development processing to perform printing, and it is characterized in that the unexposed area of the image-recording layer is removed in the course of the printing step. The imagewise exposure may be performed after the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a printing machine or after the imagewise exposure the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a printing machine. Then, the printing operation is initiated using the printing machine with supplying printing ink and dampening water and at an early stage of the printing the on-press development is performed. Specifically, the image recording layer in the unexposed area is removed and the hydrophilic surface of support is revealed therewith to form the dampening water-receptive area and thus, the printing can be carried out.
  • The on-press development method is described in more detail below.
  • As the light source used for the image exposure in the invention, a laser is preferable. The laser for use in the invention is not particularly restricted and includes, for example, a solid laser or semiconductor laser emitting an infrared ray having a wavelength of 760 to 1,200 nm.
  • With respect to the infrared ray laser, the output is preferably 100 mW or more, the exposure time per pixel is preferably within 20 microseconds, and the irradiation energy is preferably from 10 to 300 mJ/cm2. With respect to the laser exposure, in order to shorten the exposure time, it is preferred to use a multibeam laser device.
  • The exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a plate cylinder of a printing machine. In case of using a printing machine equipped with a laser exposure apparatus, the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a plate cylinder of the printing machine and then subjected to the imagewise exposure.
  • After the imagewise exposure of the lithographic printing plate precursor by a laser, when dampening water and printing ink are supplied to perform printing without undergoing a development processing step, for example, a wet development processing step, in the exposed area of the image-recording layer, the image-recording layer cured by the exposure forms the printing ink receptive area having the oleophilic surface. On the other hand, in the unexposed area, the uncured image-recording layer is removed by dissolution or dispersion with the dampening water and/or printing ink supplied to reveal the hydrophilic surface in the area. As a result, the dampening water adheres on the revealed hydrophilic surface and the printing ink adheres to the exposed area of the image-recording layer, whereby printing is initiated.
  • While either the dampening water or printing ink may be supplied at first on the surface of lithographic printing plate precursor, it is preferred to supply the printing ink at first in view of preventing the dampening water from contamination with the component of the image-recording layer removed. For the dampening water and printing ink, dampening water and printing ink for conventional lithographic printing are used respectively.
  • Thus, the lithographic printing plate precursor is subjected to the on-press development on an offset printing machine and used as it is for printing a large number of sheets.
  • (Gum development method)
  • After the imagewise exposure, the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor may be subjected to removal of the image-recording layer in the non-image area using a gum solution. After that, the resulting lithographic printing plate is used for printing. The term "gum solution" as used in the invention means an aqueous solution containing a hydrophilic resin. The incorporation of hydrophilic resin makes it possible to protect the hydrophilic support revealed by the removal of the image-recording layer in the non-image area and to protect the image area.
  • In the gum solution, gum arabic which has a strong oil-desensitizing function is ordinarily used and an aqueous solution containing from about 15 to about 20% by weight of gum arabic is often used as the gum solution. Various water-soluble resins are used as the oil-desensitizing agent other than the gum arabic. For instance, dextrin, sterabic, stractan, alginic acid salt, polyacrylic acid salt, hydroxyethyl cellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyacrylamide, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, carboxyalkyl cellulose salt and water-soluble polysaccharide extracted from soybean curd refuse are preferable, and pullulan, a derivative thereof and polyvinyl alcohol are also preferable.
  • Further, as a modified starch derivative, roast starch, for example, British gum, an enzymatically modified dextrin, for example, enzyme dextrin or Shardinger dextrin, oxidized starch, for example, solubilized starch, alphalized starch, for example, modified alphalized starch or unmodified alphalized starch, esterified starch, for example, starch phosphate, starch of fatty acid, starch sulfate, starch nitrate, starch xanthate or starch carbamate, etherified starch, for example, carboxyalkyl starch, hydroxyalkyl starch, sulfoalkyl starch, cyanoethyl starch, allyl starch, benzyl starch, carbamylethyl starch or dialkylamino starch, cross-linked starch, for example, methylol cross-linked starch, hydroxyalkyl cross-linked starch, phosphoric acid cross-linked starch or dicarboxylic acid cross-linked starch, or starch graft copolymer, for example, starch-polyacrylamide copolymer, starch-polyacrylic acid copolymer, starch-polyvinyl acetate copolymer, starch-polyacrylonitrile copolymer, cationic starch-polyacrylate copolymer, cationic starch-vinyl polymer copolymer, starch-polystyrene-maleic acid copolymer, starch-polyethylene oxide copolymer or starch-polypropylene copolymer is preferably used.
  • Also, as a natural polymer compound, starch, for example, sweet potato starch, potato starch, tapioca starch, wheat starch or corn starch, a polymer obtained from seaweed, for example, carrageenan, laminaran, seaweed mannan, funori, Irish moss, agar or sodium alginate, plant mucilage, for example, of tororoaoi, mannan, quince seed, pectin, tragacanth gum, karaya gum, xanthine gum, guar bean gum, locust bean gum, carob gum or benzoin gum, bacteria mucilage, for example, of homopolysaccharide, e.g., dextran, glucan or levan or of heteropolysaccharide, e.g., succinoglucan or xanthan gum, or protein, for example, glue, gelatin, casein or collagen is preferably used.
  • The water-soluble resins may be used in combination of two or more thereof The water-soluble resin may be preferably contained in a range of 1 to 50% by weight, more preferably in a range of 3 to 30% by weight in the gum solution.
  • The gum solution for use in the invention may contain, for example, a pH adjusting agent, a surfactant, an antiseptic agent, an antimold, an oleophilic substance, a wetting agent, a chelating agent or a defoaming agent, in addition to the oil-desensitizing agent described above.
  • The gum solution is advantageously used in a pH range of 3 to 12 and thus, a pH adjusting agent is ordinarily added to the gum solution. In order to adjust the pH of gum solution to 3 to 12, a mineral acid, an organic acid, an inorganic salt or the like is ordinarily added thereto. The amount thereof is from 0.01 to 2 % by weight. Examples of the mineral acid include nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and metaphosphoric acid. Examples of the organic acid include acetic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, levulinic acid, phytic acid, an organic phosphonic acid and an amino acid, for example, glycine, α-alanine, β-alanine. Examples of the inorganic salt include magnesium nitrate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, nickel sulfate, sodium hexametaphosphate or sodium tripolyphosphate. The mineral acid, organic acid, inorganic salt or the like may be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • Examples of the surfactant for use in the gum solution include an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant and a nonionic surfactant. As the anionic surfactant, a fatty acid salt, an abietic acid salt, a hydroxyalkanesulfonic acid salt, an alkanesulfonic acid salt, an α-olefinsulfonic acid salt, a dialkylsulfosuccinic acid salt, an alkyldiphenyl ether disulfonaic acid salt, a straight-chain alkylbenzenesulfonic acid salt, a branched akylbenzenesulfonic acid salt, an alkylnaphthalenesulfonic acid salt, an alkylphenoxypolyoxyethylenepropylsulfonic acid salt, a polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfophenyl ether salt, N-methyl-N-oleyltaurin sodium salt, an N-alkylsulfosuccinic monoamide disodium salt, a petroleum sulfonic acid salt, sulfated caster oil, sulfated beef-tallow oil, a sulfuric eater salt of fatty acid alkyl ester, an alkylsulfuric acid ester salt, a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfuric acid ester salt, a fatty acid monoglyceride sulfuric acid ester salt, a polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfuric acid ester salt, a polyoxyethylene styryl phenyl ether sulfuric acid ester salt, an alkylphosphoric acid ester salt, a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphoric acid ester salt, a polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether phosphoric acid ester salt, a partially saponified styrene/maleic anhydride copolymer, a partially saponified olefin/maleic anhydride copolymer and a formaldehyde condensate of naphthalenesulfonic acid salt are exemplified. Among them, a dialkylsulfosuccinic acid salt, an alkylsulfuric acid ester salt, an alkylnaphthalenesulfonic acid salt, an α-olefinsulfonic acid salt and an alkyldiphenyl ether disulfonaic acid salt are particularly preferably used.
  • As the cationic surfactant, an alkylamine salt and a quaternary ammonium salt are used.
  • As the amphoteric surfactant, an alkylcarboxy betaine, an alkylimidazoline and an alkylaminocarboxylic acid are used.
  • As the nonionic surfactant, a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, a polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether, a polyoxyethylene polystyryl phenyl ether, a polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ether, a glycerin fatty acid partial ester, a sorbitan fatty acid partial ester, a pentaerythritol fatty acid partial ester, a propylene glycol monofatty acid ester, a sucrose fatty acid partial ester, a polyoxyethylenesorbitan fatty acid partial esters, polyoxyethylenesorbitol fatty acid partial ester, a polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, a polyglycerin fatty acid partial ester, a polyoxyethylenized castor oil, a polyoxyethyleneglycerin fatty acid partial ester, a fatty acid diethanolamide, an N,N-bis-2-hydroxyalkylamine, a polyoxyethylene alkylamine, a triethanolamine fatty acid ester, a trialkylamine oxide, polypropylene glycol having molecular weight of 200 to 5,000, a polyoxyethylene or polyoxypropylene adduct of trimethylol propane, glycerine or sorbitol and an acetylene glycol type are exemplified. Further, a nonionic fluorine-based or silicon-based surfactant is also used.
  • The surfactants may be used in combination of two or more thereof. The amount of the surfactant used is not particularly restricted and is preferably from 0.01 to 20% by weight, more preferably from 0.05 to 10% by weight, based on the total weight of the gum solution.
  • As the antiseptic agent, known antiseptic agents used in the fields, for example, of fiber, wood processing, food, medicine, cosmetic and agriculture can be employed. Known antiseptic agents, for example, a quaternary ammonium salt, a monovalent phenol derivative, a divalent phenol derivative, a polyvalent phenol derivative, an imidazole derivative, a pyrazolopyrimidine derivative, a monovalent naphthol, a carbonate, a sulfone derivative, an organic tin compound, a cyclopentane derivative, a phenyl derivative, a phenol ether derivative, a phenol ester derivative, a hydroxylamine derivative, a nitrile derivative, a naphthaline, a pyrrole derivative, a quinoline derivative, a benzothiazole derivative, a secondary amine, a 1,3,5-triazine derivative, a thiadiazole derivative, an anilide derivative, a pyrrole derivative, a halogen derivative, a dihydric alcohol derivative, a dithiol, a cyanic acid derivative, a thiocarbamide derivative, a diamine derivative, an isothiazole derivative, a monohydric alcohol, a saturated aldehyde, an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, a saturated ether, an unsaturated ether, a lactone, an amino acid derivative, hydantoin, a cyanuric acid derivative, a guanidine derivative, a pyridine derivative, a saturated monocarboxylic acid, a benzenecarboxylic acid derivative, a hydroxycarboxylic acid derivative, biphenyl, a hydroxamic acid derivative, an aromatic alcohol, a halogenophenol derivative, a benzenecarboxylic acid derivative, a mercaptocarboxylic acid derivative, a quaternary ammonium salt derivative, a triphenylmethane derivative, hinokitiol, a furan derivative, a benzofuran derivative, an acridine derivative, an isoquinoline derivative, an arsine derivative, a thiocarbamic acid derivative, a phosphoric acid ester, a halogenobenzene derivative, a quinone derivative, a benzenesulfonic acid derivative, a monoamine derivative, an organic phosphoric acid ester, a piperazine derivative, a phenazine derivative, a pyrimidine derivative, a thiophanate derivative, an imidazoline derivative, an isoxazole derivative or an ammonium salt derivative can be used. Particularly preferable examples of the antiseptic agent include salt of pyridinethiol-1-oxide, salicylic acid and a salt thereof, 1,3,5-trishydroxyethylhexahydro-S-triazine, 1,3,5-trishydroxymethylhexahydro-S-triazine, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one and 2-bromo-2-nitro-1,3-propanediol. The amount of the antiseptic agent preferably added is determined so as for the antiseptic agent to work in a stable and effective manner against a bacterium, mold, yeast or the like, and it is preferably from 0.01 to 4% by weight based on the gum solution at the use while it may be varied depending on the kind of bacterium, mold, yeast or the like. It is also preferred to use two or more kinds of antiseptic agents in order to effectively work against various kinds of molds and bacteria.
  • Into the gum solution, the oleophilic substance may be incorporated. Preferable examples of the oleophilic substance include an organic carboxylic acid having from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, for example, oleic acid, lanolic acid, valeric acid, nonylic acid, capric acid, myristic acid or palmitic acid and castor oil. The oleophilic substances may be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof. The content of the oleophilic substance in the gum solution is preferably in a range from 0.005 to 10% by weight, more preferably from 0.05 to 5% by weight, based on the total weight of the gum solution.
  • Further, to the gum solution may be added as the wetting agent, glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, triethylene glycol, butylenes glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylol propane or diglycerin, if desired. The wetting agents may be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof The wetting agent is preferably used in an amount of 0.1 to 5% by weight.
  • Moreover, the chelating compound may be added to the gum solution. The gum solution is ordinarily marketed as a concentrated solution and is diluted by addition of tap water, well water or the like to use. Calcium ion or the like included in the tap water or well water used for the dilution adversely affects printing and may be apt to cause stain on the printed material. In such a case, the problem can be solved by adding the chelating compound. Preferable examples of the chelating compound include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, nitrilotriacetic acid ore sodium salt thereof, an organic phosphonic acid, e.g., 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid, potassium salt thereof, sodium salt thereof, aminotri(methylenephosphonic acid), potassium salt thereof or sodium salt thereof and a phosphonoalkane tricarboxylic acid. An organic amine salt is also effectively used in place of the sodium salt or potassium salt of the above-described chelating compound. The chelating compound which is stably present in the gum solution and does not disturb printing is preferably used. The amount of the chelating compound added is suitably from 0.001 to 1.0% by weight of the gum solution at the use.
  • Furthermore, to the gum solution may be added the defoaming agent. Particularly, a silicon defoaming agent is preferably used. Any silicone defoaming agent of emulsion dispersion type and solubilization type can be used. The amount of the defoaming agent added is optimally in a range of 0.001 to 1.0% by weight of the gum solution at the use.
  • The reminder of the gum solution is water. It is advantageous in view of transportation that the gum solution is stored in the form of a concentrated solution in which the content of water is reduced in comparison with the time of use and the concentrated solution is diluted with water at the use. In such a case, the concentration degree is suitably in a level that each component of the gum solution does not cause separation or deposition. The gum solution may also be prepared as an emulsion dispersion type. In the gum solution of emulsion dispersion type, an organic solvent is used as the oil phase thereof Also, the gum solution may be in the form of solubilization type (emulsification type) by the aid of the surfactant described above.
  • The organic solvent preferably has solubility in water of 5% by weight or less at 20°C and a boiling point of 160°C or more. The organic solvent includes a plasticizer having a solidification point of 15°C or less and a boiling point of 300°C or more under 1 atmospheric pressure, for instance, a phthalic acid diester, for example, dibutyl phthalate, diheptyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, dinony) phthalate, didecyl phthalate, dilauryl phthalate or butyl benzyl phthalate, an aliphatic dibasic acid ester, for example, dioctyl adipate, butyl glycol adipate, dioctyl azelate, dibutyl sebacate, di(2-ethylhexyl) sebacate or dioctyl sebacate, an epoxidized triglyceride, for example, epoxidized soybean oil, a phosphate, for example, tricresyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate or trischloroethyl phosphate and a benzoate, for example, benzyl benzoate.
  • Also, as an alcohol type organic solvent, 2-octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, nonanol, n-decanol, undecanol, n-dodecanol, trimethylnonyl alcohol, tetradecanol or benzyl alcohol is exemplified. As a glycol type organic solvent, ethylene glycol isoamyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, ethylene glycol benzyl ether, ethylene glycol hexyl ether or octylene glycol is exemplified.
  • In selecting the compound, particularly, odor is taken account of. The amount of the organic solvent used is preferably from 0.1 to 5% by weight, more preferably from 0.5 to 3% by weight, based on the gum solution. The organic solvents may be used individually or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • The gum solution for use in the invention is produced by preparing an aqueous phase while controlling at temperature of 40°C ± 5°C with stirring at a high speed, gradually adding dropwise an oil phase prepared to the aqueous phase, thoroughly stirring and then emulsifying and dispersing by passing through a homogenizer of pressure type.
  • In the plate making method according to the invention, a water washing process or a continuous oil-desensitizing process of the non-image area with a gum solution may be appropriately performed after the removing process of the image-recording layer in the non-image area using the gum solution described above.
  • The gum development processing according to the invention can be preferably carried out by an automatic processor equipped with a supplying means for the gum solution and a rubbing member. As the automatic processor, there is illustrated an automatic processor in which a lithographic printing plate precursor after image recording is subjected to a rubbing treatment while it is transporting described, for example, in JP-A-2006-235227 . Particularly, an automatic processor using a rotating brush roll as the rubbing member is preferred.
  • The rotating brush roller which can be preferably used in the invention can be appropriately selected by taking account, for example, of scratch resistance of the image area and nerve strength of the support of lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • As for the rotating brush roller, a known rotating brush roller produced by implanting a brush material in a plastic or metal roller can be used. For example, a rotating brush roller described in JP-A-58-159533 and JP-A-3-100554 , or a brush roller described in JP-UM-B-62-167253 (the term "JP-UM-B" as used herein means an "examined Japanese utility model publication"), in which a metal or plastic groove-type member having implanted therein in rows a brush material is closely radially wound around a plastic or metal roller acting as a core, can be used.
  • As the brush material, a plastic fiber (for example, a polyester-based synthetic fiber, e.g., polyethylene terephthalate or polybutylene terephthalate, a polyamide-based synthetic fiber, e.g., nylon 6.6 or nylon 6.10, a polyacrylic synthetic fiber, e.g., polyacrylonitrile or polyalkyl (meth)acrylate, and a polyolefin-based synthetic fiber, e.g., polypropylene or polystyrene) can be used. For instance, a brush material having a fiber bristle diameter of 20 to 400 µm and a bristle length of 5 to 30 mm can be preferably used.
  • The outer diameter of the rotating brush roller is preferably from 30 to 200 mm, and the peripheral velocity at the tip of the brush rubbing the plate surface is preferably from 0.1 to 5 m/sec.
  • The rotary direction of the rotating brush roller for use in the invention may be the same direction or the opposite direction with respect to the transporting direction of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention, but when two or more rotating brush rollers are used in the automatic processor as shown in Fig. 1, it is preferred that at least one rotating brush roller rotates in the same direction and at least one rotating brush roller rotates in the opposite direction with respect to the transporting direction. By such arrangement, the image-recording layer in the non-image area can be more steadily removed. Further, a technique of rocking the rotating brush roller in the rotation axis direction of the brush roller is also effective.
  • The gum solution in the gum development and water for washing in the post process can be independently used at an appropriate temperature, and is preferably used at temperature of 10 to 50°C.
  • In the gum development method according to the invention, it is possible to provide a drying process at an appropriate position after the gum development. The drying process is ordinarily carried out by blowing dry wind of appropriate temperature after removing most of the processing solution by a roller nip.
  • EXAMPLES
  • The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to the following examples, but the invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • Examples 1 to 50 and Comparative Examples 1 to 13 Examples of On-press development 1. Preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursors (1) to (27) and (51) to (56) (1) Preparation of support
  • An aluminum plate (material: JIS A 1050) having a thickness of 0.3 mm was subjected to a degreasing treatment at 50°C for 30 seconds using a 10% by weight aqueous sodium aluminate solution in order to remove rolling oil on the surface thereof and then grained the surface thereof using three nylon brushes embedded with bundles of nylon bristle having a diameter of 0.3 mm and an aqueous suspension (specific gravity: 1.1 g/cm3) of pumice having a median size of 25 µm, followed by thorough washing with water. The plate was subjected to etching by immersing in a 25% by weight aqueous sodium hydroxide solution of 45°C for 9 seconds, washed with water, then immersed in a 20% by weight aqueous nitric acid solution at 60°C for 20 seconds, and washed with water. The etching amount of the grained surface was about 3 g/m2.
  • Then, using an alternating current of 60 Hz, an electrochemical roughening treatment was continuously carried out on the plate. The electrolytic solution used was a 1% by weight aqueous nitric acid solution (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ion) and the temperature of electrolytic solution was 50°C. The electrochemical roughening treatment was conducted using an alternating current source, which provides a rectangular alternating current having a trapezoidal waveform such that the time TP necessary for the current value to reach the peak from zero was 0.8 msec and the duty ratio was 1:1, and using a carbon electrode as a counter electrode. A ferrite was used as an auxiliary anode. The current density was 30 A/dm2 in terms of the peak value of the electric current, and 5% of the electric current flowing from the electric source was divided to the auxiliary anode. The quantity of electricity in the nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C/dm2 in terms of the quantity of electricity when the aluminum plate functioned as an anode. The plate was then washed with water by spraying.
  • The plate was further subjected to an electrochemical roughening treatment in the same manner as in the nitric acid electrolysis above using as an electrolytic solution, a 0.5% by weight aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ion) having temperature of 50°C and under the condition that the quantity of electricity was 50 C/dm2 in terms of the quantity of electricity when the aluminum plate functioned as an anode. The plate was then washed with water by spraying.
  • The plate was then subjected to an anodizing treatment using as an electrolytic solution, a 15% by weight aqueous sulfuric acid solution (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ion) at a current density of 15 A/dm2 to form a direct current anodized film of 2.5 g/m2, washed with water and dried.
  • Thereafter, in order to ensure the hydrophilicity of the non-image area, the plate was subjected to silicate treatment using a 2.5% by weight aqueous sodium silicate No. 3 solution at 70°C for 12 seconds. The adhesion amount of Si was 10 mg/m2. Subsequently, the plate was washed with water to obtain Support (1). The center line average roughness (Ra) of Support (1) was measured using a stylus having a diameter of 2 µm and found to be 0.51 µ-m.
  • (2) Formation of Undercoat layer (1)
  • Coating solution (1) for undercoat layer shown below was coated on Support (1) so as to have a dry coating amount of 28 mg/m2 to form Undercoat layer (1).
  • <Coating solution (1) for undercoat layer>
  • Compound (1) for undercoat layer having structure shown below 0.18 g
    Hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid 0.10 g
    Methanol 55.24 g
    Water 6.15 g
  • Compound (1) for undercoat layer:
    Figure imgb0146
  • (3) Formation of Image-recording layer (1)
  • Coating solution (1) for image-recording layer having the composition shown below was coated on the undercoat layer described above by a bar and dried in an oven at 100°C for 60 seconds to form Image-recording layer (1) having a dry coating amount of 1.0 g/m2.
  • Coating solution (1) for image-recording layer was prepared by mixing Photosensitive solution (I) shown below with Microgel solution (1) shown below just before the coating, followed by stirring.
  • <Photosensitive solution (1)>
  • Binder polymer (1) having structure shown below [Component (E)] Amount shown in Table 1
    Infrared absorbing agent (1) having structure shown below [Component (A)] 0.030 g
    Radical polymerization initiator (1) having structure shown below [Component (B)] 0.162 g
    Polymerizable compound (Tris(acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanulate (NK Ester A-9300, produced by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)) [Component (C)] Amount shown in Table 1
    Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (Tris(2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanulate) 0.062 g
    Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (1) having structure shown below 0.050 g
    Oil-sensitizing agent (Phosphonium compound (1) having structure shown below 0.055 g
    Oil-sensitizing agent (Benzyl dimethyl octyl ammonium PF6 salt 0.018 g
    Compound represented by formula (I) or (II) shown in Table 1 Amount shown in Table 1
    Fluorine-based surfactant (1) having structure shown below 0.008 g
    Methyl ethyl ketone 1.091 g
    1-Methoxy-2-propanol 8.609 g
  • <Microgel solution (1)>
  • Microgel (1) shown below 2.640 g
    Distilled water 2.425 g
  • The structures of Binder polymer (1), Infrared absorbing agent (1), Radical polymerization initiator (1), Phosphonium compound (1), Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (1) and Fluorine-based surfactant (1) are shown below.
    Figure imgb0147
    Figure imgb0148
    Figure imgb0149
    Figure imgb0150
    Figure imgb0151
    Figure imgb0152
  • Microgel (1) described above was prepared in the following manner.
  • <Preparation of Microgel (1)>
  • An oil phase component was prepared by dissolving 10 g of adduct of trimethylol propane and xylene diisocyanate (Takenate D-110N, produced by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.), 3.15 g of pentaerythritol triacrylate (SR444, produced by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) [Component (C)] and 0.1 g of Pionine A-41C (produced by Takemoto Oil and Fat Co., Ltd.) in 17 g of ethyl acetate. As an aqueous phase component, 40 g of a 4% by weight aqueous solution of PVA-205 was prepared. The oil phase component and the aqueous phase component were mixed and emulsified using a homogenizer at 12,000 rpm for 10 minutes. The resulting emulsion was added to 25 g of distilled water and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and then at 50°C for 3 hours. The microgel liquid thus-obtained was diluted using distilled water so as to have the solid concentration of 15% by weight to prepare Microgel (1). The average particle size of Microgel (1) was measured by a light scattering method and found to be 0.2 µm.
  • (4) Formation of Protective layer (1)
  • Coating solution (1) for protective layer having the composition shown below was coated on the image-recording layer described above by a bar and dried in an oven at 120°C for 60 seconds to form Protective layer (1) having a dry coating amount of 0.15 g/m2, thereby preparing Lithographic printing plate precursors (1) to (26), (51), (53), (55) and (56).
  • <Coating solution (1) for protective layer>
  • Dispersion of inorganic stratiform compound (1) shown below 1.5 g
    Aqueous 6% by weight solution of polyvinyl alcohol (CKS 50, sulfonic acid-modified, saponification degree: 99% by mole or more, polymerization degree: 300, produced by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.55 g
    Aqueous 6% by weight solution of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-405, saponification degree: 81.5 % by mole, polymerization degree: 500, produced by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) 0.03 g
    Aqueous 1% by weight solution of surfactant (Emalex 710, produced by Nihon Emulsion Co., Ltd. 8.60 g
    Ion-exchanged water 6.0 g
  • <Preparation of Dispersion of inorganic stratiform compound (1)>
  • To 193.6 g of ion-exchanged water was added 6.4 g of synthetic mica (Somasif ME-100, produced by CO-OP Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the mixture was dispersed using a homogenizer until an average particle size (according to a laser scattering method) became 3 µm to prepare Dispersion of inorganic stratiform compound (1). The aspect ratio of the inorganic particle thus-dispersed was 100 or more.
  • (5) Formation of Protective layer (2)
  • Protective layer (2) was formed in the same manner as in the formation of Protective layer (1) except for adding 0.01 g of Compound (C-1) described hereinbefore as the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) to Coating solution (1) for protective layer, thereby preparing Lithographic printing plate precursors (27), (52) and (54). 2. Preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursors (28) to (37) and (57) to (61) (1) Formation of Image-recording layer (2)
  • Lithographic printing plate precursors (28) to (36), (57), (59) and (61) were prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursor (1) except for changing Coating solution (1) for image-recording layer to Coating solution (2) for image-recording layer shown below, respectively.
  • <Coating solution (2) for image-recording layer>
  • Binder polymer (1) having structure shown above [Component (E)] Amount shown in Table 1
    Infrared absorbing agent (2) having structure shown below [Component (A)] 0.05 g
    Radical polymerization initiator (1) having structure shown above [Component (B)] 0.20 g
    Polymerizable compound (Aronics M-215, produced by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) [Component (C)] Amount shown in Table 1
    Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (Sodium n-heptylsulfonate) 0.05 g
    Compound represented by formula (I) or (II) shown in Table 1 Amount shown in Table 1
    Oil-sensitizing agent (Benzyl dimethyl octyl ammonium PF6 salt) 0.018 g
    Oil-sensitizing agent (Ammonium group-containing polymer Compound (23) described hereinbefore (reduced specific viscosity: 44 cSt/g/ml) 0.035 g
    Fluorine-based surfactant (1) having structure shown above 0.10 g
    Methyl ethyl ketone 18.0 g
    Figure imgb0153
  • (2) Formation of Protective layer (2)
  • Lithographic printing plate precursors (37), (58) and (60) were prepared in the same manner as in Lithographic printing plate precursor (28) except for changing Coating solution (1) for protective layer to Coating solution (2) for protective layer, respectively.
  • 3. Preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursors (38) to (50), (62) and (63) (1) Formation of Image-recording layer (3)
  • Coating solution (3) for image-recording layer shown below was coated on the undercoat layer as described above by a bar and dried in an oven at 70°C for 60 seconds to form Image-recording layer (3) having a dry coating amount of 0.6 g/m2.
  • <Coating solution (3) for image-recording layer>
  • Aqueous dispersion of polymer fine particle (hydrophobilizing precursor) shown below [Component (D)] 33.0 g
    Infrared absorbing agent (3) having structure shown below [Component (A)] 1.0 g
    Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate [Component (C)] 0.5 g
    Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (Disodium 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonate) 0.1 g
    Compound represented by formula (I) or (II) shown in Table 1 Amount shown in Table 1
    Methanol 16.0 g
    Figure imgb0154
  • <Preparation of Aqueous dispersion of polymer fine particle (hydrophobilizing precursor)>
  • A stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, a nitrogen inlet tube and a reflux condenser were attached to a 1,000 ml four-neck flask and while carrying out deoxygenation by introduction of nitrogen gas, 350 ml of distilled water was charged therein and heated until the internal temperature reached 80°C. To the flask was added 1.5 g of sodium dodecylsufate as a dispersing agent, then was added 0.45 g of ammonium persulfate as an initiator, and thereafter was dropwise added a mixture of 45.0 g of glycidyl methacrylate and 45.0 g of styrene through the dropping funnel over a period of about one hour. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was continued to react as it was for 5 hours, followed by removing the unreacted monomers by steam distillation. The mixture was cooled, adjusted the pH to 6 with aqueous ammonia and finally added pure water thereto so as to have the nonvolatile content of 15% by weight to obtain an aqueous dispersion of polymer fine particle (hydrophobilizing precursor). The particle size distribution of the polymer fine particle had the maximum value at the particle size of 60 nm.
  • The particle size distribution was determined by taking an electron microphotograph of the polymer fine particle, measuring particle sizes of 5,000 fine particles in total on the photograph, and dividing a range from the largest value of the particle size measured to 0 on a logarithmic scale into 50 parts to obtain occurrence frequency of each particle size by plotting. With respect to the aspherical particle, a particle size of a spherical particle having a particle area equivalent to the particle area of the aspherical particle on the photograph was defined as the particle size.
  • (2) Formation of Protective layer (3)
  • Coating solution (3) for protective layer having the composition shown below was coated on the image-recording layer thus-prepared by a bar and dried in an oven at 60°C for 120 seconds to form Protective layer (3) having a dry coating amount of 0.3 g/m2, thereby preparing Lithographic printing plate precursors (38) to (48), (62) and (63).
  • <Coating solution (3) for protective layer>
  • Carboxymethyl cellulose (Mw: 20,000) 5.0 g
    Water 50.0 g
  • (2) Formation of Protective layer (4)
  • Protective layer (4) was formed in the same manner as in the formation of Protective layer (3) except for adding 0.005 g of Compound (C-1) described hereinbefore as the compound represented by formula (I) or (II) to Coating solution (3) for protective layer, thereby preparing Lithographic printing plate precursors (49) and (50).
  • The on-press development property and printing durability of Lithographic printing plate precursors (1) to (63) thus-obtained were evaluated in the following manner. The results obtained are shown in Table 2.
  • (1) On-press development property
  • Each of the lithographic printing plate precursors was exposed by Luxel Platesetter T-6000III equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser, produced by Fuji Film Co., Ltd. under the conditions of a rotational number of external drum of 1,000 rpm, laser output of 70% and resolution of 2,400 dpi. The exposed image contained a solid image and a 50% halftone dot chart of a 20 µm-dot FM screen.
  • The exposed lithographic printing plate precursor was mounted without undergoing development processing on a plate cylinder of a printing machine (Lithrone 26, produced by Komori Corp.). Using dampening water (Ecolity-2 (produced by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.)/tap water = 2/98 (volume ratio)) and Values-G (N) Black Ink (produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.), the dampening water and ink were supplied according to the standard automatic printing start method of Lithrone 26 to perform on-press development, followed by printing on 100 sheets of Tokubishi art paper (765 kg) at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour.
  • A number of the printing papers required until the on-press development of the unexposed area of the image-recording layer on the printing machine was completed to reach a state where the ink was not transferred to the printing paper in the non-image area was measured to evaluate the on-press development property. The results obtained are shown in Table 2.
  • (2) Printing durability
  • After performing the evaluation for the on-press development property, the printing was continued. As the increase in a number of printing papers, the image-recording layer was gradually abraded to cause decrease in the ink density on the printing paper. A number of printing papers wherein a value obtained by measuring a halftone dot area rate of the 50% halftone dot of FM screen on the printing paper using a Gretag densitometer decreased by 5% from the value measured on the 100th paper of the printing was determined to evaluate the printing durability. The results obtained are shown in Table 2. TABLE 1
    <Lithographic printing plate precursors (1) to (27) and (51) to (56)>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor Image-Recording Layer Compound Represented by Formula (I) or (II) Amount of Polymerizable Compound (C)
    (g)
    Amount of Binder Polymer (E)
    (g)
    M/B Ratio Protective Layer
    Kind of Compound Amount Added
    (g)
    Content in Image-Recording
    Layer (%)
    (1) (1) C-1 0.002 0.16 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (2) (1) C-1 0.003 0.25 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (3) (1) C-1 0.005 0.41 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (4) (1) C-1 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (5) (1) C-1 0.02 1.6 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (6) (1) C-1 0.05 2.5 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (7) (1) C-1 0.10 8.2 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (8) (1) C-4 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (9) (1) C-5 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (10) (1) C-7 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (11) (1) C-18 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (12) (1) C-19 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (13) (1) C-25 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (14) (1) C-27 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (15) (1) S-1 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (16) (1) S-4 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (17) (1) S-17 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (18) (1) S-21 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (19) (1) S-25 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (20) (1) S-27 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (21) (1) C-1/C-18 1/1 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (22) (1) C-1/S-25 1/1 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (23) (1) C-1 0.01 0.82 0.032 0.40 0.29 (1)
    (24) (1) C-1 0.01 0.82 0.112 0.32 0.61 (1)
    (25) (1) C-1 0.01 0.82 0.232 0.20 1.58 (1)
    (26) (1) C-1 0.01 0.82 0.292 0.14 2.69 (1)
    (27) (1) C-1 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (2)
    (51) (1) None - 0 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (52) (1) None - 0 0.192 0.24 1.15 (2)
    (53) (1) None - 0 0.292 0.14 2.69 (1)
    (54) (1) None - 0 0.292 0.14 2.69 (2)
    (55) (1) Comparative Compound (1) 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (56) (1) Comparative Compound (2) 0.01 0.82 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    <Lithographic printing plate precursors (28) to (50) and (57) to (63)>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor Image-Recording Layer Compound Represented by Formula (I) or (II) Amount of Polymerizable Compound (C)
    (g)
    Amount of Binder Polymer (E)
    (g)
    M/B Ratio Protective Layer
    Kind of Compound Amount Added
    (g)
    Content in Image-Recording
    Layer (%)
    (28) (2) C-1 0.01 0.70 0.60 0.50 120 (1)
    (29) (2) C-4 0.01 0.70 0.60 0.50 120 (1)
    (30) (2) C-18 0.01 0.70 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (31) (2) C-25 0.01 0.70 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (32) (2) C-27 0.01 0.70 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (33) (2) S-17 0.01 0.70 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (34) (2) S-25 0.01 0.70 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (35) (2) C-1 0.01 0.70 0.68 0.42 1.62 (1)
    (36) (2) C-1 0.01 0.70 0.80 030 2.67 (1)
    (37) (2) C-1 0.01 0.70 0.60 0.50 1.20 (2)
    (38) (3) C-1 0.01 0.15 0.50 None - (3)
    (39) (3) C-1 0.05 0.76 0.50 None - (3)
    (40) (3) C-1 0.1 1.5 0.50 None - (3)
    (41) (3) C-1 0.2 3.0 0.50 None - (3)
    (42) (3) C-1 0.5 7.1 0.50 None - (3)
    (43) (3) C-4 0.1 1.5 0.50 None - (3)
    (44) (3) C-18 0.1 1.5 0.50 None - (3)
    (45) (3) C-25 0.1 1.5 0.50 None - (3)
    (46) (3) C-27 0.1 1.5 0.50 None - (3)
    (47) (3) S-17 0.1 1.5 0.50 None - (3)
    (48) (3) S-25 0.1 1.5 0.50 None - (3)
    (49) (3) C-1 0.1 1.6 0.50 None - (4)
    (50) (3) S-25 0.1 1.6 0.50 None - (4)
    (57) (2) None - 0 0.60 0.50 120 (1)
    (58) (2) None - 0 0.60 0.50 1.20 (2)
    (59) (2) None - 0 0.80 0.30 2.67 (1)
    (60) (2) None - 0 0.80 0.30 2.67 (2)
    (61) (2) Comparative Compound (1) 0.01 0.70 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (62) (3) None - 0 0.50 None - (3)
    (63) (3) Comparative Compound (1) 0.1 1.5 0.50 None - (3)
    (In Table 1, M/B ratio indicates a weight ratio of Polymerizable compound (C)/Binder Polymer (E). Although the "Amount of Polymerizable Compound (C)" described in the above Table 1 is with regard to the amount presented outside of the microgel, the weight of Polymerizable compound (C) used to calculate the MB ratio is with regard to the total of the amount presented inside of the microgel and the amount presented outside of the microgel.)
    Figure imgb0155
    Figure imgb0156
    TABLE 2
    <Evaluation results of printing in Examples 1 to 27 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor On-Press Development Property (sheets) Printing Durability (x 105 sheets)
    Example 1 (1) 18 5.0
    Example 2 (2) 15 5.0
    Example 3 (3) 10 5.0
    Example 4 (4) 10 5.0
    Example 5 (5) 10 5.0
    Example 6 (6) 8 4.5
    Example 7 (7) 8 4.0
    Example 8 (8) 15 5.0
    Example 9 (9) 15 5.0
    Example 10 (10) 10 5.0
    Example 11 (11) 10 4.5
    Example 12 (12) 15 5.0
    Example 13 (13) 20 4.5
    Example 14 (14) 15 4.0
    Example 15 (15) 10 5.0
    Example 16 (16) 15 4.5
    Example 17 (17) 10 5.0
    Example 18 (18) 20 4.0
    Example 19 (19) 15 4.5
    Example 20 (20) 15 4.0
    Example 21 (21) 10 4.5
    Example 22 (22) 15 4.5
    Example 23 (23) 20 5.0
    Example 24 (24) 15 5.0
    Example 25 (25) 8 4.0
    Example 26 (26) 5 3.5
    Example 27 (27) 8 4.5
    Comparative Example 1 (51) 70 5.0
    Comparative Example 2 (52) 65 5.0
    Comparative Example 3 (53) 40 3.5
    Comparative Example 4 (54) 20 0.5
    Comparative Example 5 (55) 65 0.5
    Comparative Example 6 (56) 70 0.1
    <Evaluation results of printing in Examples 28 to 50 and Comparative Examples 7 to 13>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor On-Press Development Property (sheets) Printing Durability (x 105 sheets)
    Example 28 (28) 15 4.0
    Example 29 (29) 20 4.0
    Example 30 (30) 15 4.0
    Example 31 (31) 20 3.5
    Example 32 (32) 20 3.5
    Example 33 (33) 15 4.0
    Example 34 (34) 20 3.5
    Example 35 (35) 15 4.5
    Example 36 (36) 20 5.0
    Example 37 (37) 10 3.5
    Comparative Example 7 (57) 80 4.0
    Comparative Example 8 (58) 70 3.5
    Comparative Example 9 (59) 50 3.0
    Comparative Example 10 (60) 20 0.5
    Comparative Example 11 (61) 70 1.5
    Example 38 (38) 20 4.0
    Example 39 (39) 15 4.0
    Example 40 (40) 10 4.0
    Example 41 (41) 8 3.5
    Example 42 (42) 5 3.5
    Example 43 (43) 15 4.0
    Example 44 (44) 10 4.0
    Example 45 (45) 15 3.5
    Example 46 (46) 15 3.5
    Example 47 (47) 10 4.0
    Example 48 (48) 15 3.5
    Example 49 (49) 20 3.0
    Example 50 (50) 15 3.0
    Comparative Example 12 (62) 40 4.0
    Comparative Example 13 (63) 40 3.0
  • As is apparent from the results shown in Table 2, the lithographic printing plate precursor and the plate making method thereof excellent in compatibility of the on-press development property and the printing durability can be provided according to the invention.
  • Examples 51 to 100 and Comparative Examples 14 to 26 Examples of Gum development
  • Each of Lithographic printing plate precursors (1) to (63) was exposed imagewise, subjected to gum development and evaluated on printing in the following manner.
  • (1) Reproducibility of fine line
  • Using Trendsetter 3244VX, produced by Creo Co., equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser, the lithographic printing plate precursor was imagewise exposed under the conditions of output of 6.4 W, a rotational number of external drum of 150 rpm and resolution of 2,400 dpi. The exposed image contained a solid image and a fine line image.
  • The exposed lithographic printing plate precursor was subjected to development processing using an automatic development apparatus having a structure shown in Fig. 1. Specifically, treatments of a removing step of the non-image area, a water washing step and an oil-desensitizing step were conducted in a developing unit 14, a water washing unit 16 and an oil-desensitizing treatment unit 18 in Fig. 1, respectively. The processing solution used in the developing unit and oil-desensitizing treatment unit was Gum solution FN-6 (produced by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.)/tap water = 1/1. The water used in the water washing unit was circulated by a pump to reuse through a filter of 10 µm mesh.
  • The resulting lithographic printing plate was mounted on a plate cylinder of a printing machine (Speedmaster 52, produced by Heidelberg Co.). Using dampening water (IF102 (etching solution, produced by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.)/water = 3/97 (volume ratio)) and Trans-G (N) Black Ink (produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.), the dampening water and ink were supplied and printing of 100 sheets was conducted at a printing speed of 6,000 sheets per hour.
  • The evaluation whether the removal of the unexposed area of the image-recording layer was carried out in accordance with the desired image by the development processing described above was conducted in the following manner. Specifically, of the exposed fine lines (test chart including white fine lines (fine linear non-image portions in the image area) the width of which was varied from 10 to 50 µm every 2 µm), the limit of the width of fine line capable of being reproduced on a printing paper was determined according to the visual observation of the width of white fine line reproduced on the printing paper. It is indicated that as the value becomes small, finer line can be well developed and more preferable result is obtained. The results obtained are shown in Table 3.
  • (2) Printing durability
  • After performing the evaluation for the reproducibility of fine line, the printing was continued and the printing durability was evaluated in the same manner as in the lithographic printing plate obtained by the on-machine development described above. The results obtained are shown in Table 3. TABLE 3
    <Evaluation results of printing in Examples 51 to 77 and Comparative Examples 14 to 19>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor Gum Development Property (Reproducibility of Fine Line) (µm) Printing Durability (x 105 sheets)
    Example 51 (1) 14 4.5
    Example 52 (2) 12 4.5
    Example 53 (3) 10 4.5
    Example 54 (4) 10 4.5
    Example 55 (5) 10 4.5
    Example 56 (6) 10 4.0
    Example 57 (7) 10 3.5
    Example 58 (8) 12 4.5
    Example 59 (9) 12 4.5
    Examples 60 (10) 10 4.5
    Example 61 (11) 10 4.0
    Example 62 (12) 12 4.5
    Example 63 (13) 16 4.0
    Example 64 (14) 12 3.5
    Example 65 (15) 10 4.5
    Example 66 (16) 12 4.0
    Example 67 (17) 10 4.5
    Example 68 (18) 16 3.5
    Example 69 (19) 12 4.0
    Example 70 (20) 12 3.5
    Example 71 (21) 10 4.0
    Example 72 (22) 12 4.0
    Example 73 (23) 16 4.5
    Example 74 (24) 12 4.5
    Example 75 (25) 10 3.5
    Example 76 (26) 10 3.0
    Example 77 (27) 10 4.0
    Comparative Example 14 (51) 50 4.5
    Comparative Example 15 (52) 50 4.5
    Comparative Example 16 (53) 36 3.0
    Comparative Example 17 (54) 16 0.2
    Comparative Example 18 (55) 50 0.2
    Comparative Example 19 (56) 50 0.1
    <Evaluation results of printing in Examples 78 to 100 and Comparative Examples 20 to 26>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor Gum Development Property (Reproducibility of Fine Line) (µm) Printing Durability (x105 sheets)
    Example 78 (28) 12 3.5
    Example 79 (29) 16 3.5
    Example 80 (30) 12 3.5
    Example 81 (31) 16 3.0
    Example 82 (32) 16 3.0
    Example 83 (33) 12 3.5
    Example 84 (34) 16 3.0
    Example 85 (35) 12 3.5
    Example 86 (36) 16 4.5
    Example 87 (37) 10 3.0
    Comparative Example 20 (57) 50 3.5
    Comparative Example 21 (58) 50 3.0
    Comparative Example 22 (59) 40 2.5
    Comparative Example 23 (60) 16 0.2
    Comparative Example 24 (61) 50 1.0
    Example 88 (38) 16 3.5
    Example 89 (39) 12 3.5
    Example 90 (40) 10 3.5
    Example 91 (41) 10 3.0
    Example 92 (42) 10 2.0
    Example 93 (43) 12 3.5
    Example 94 (44) 10 3.5
    Example 95 (45) 12 3.0
    Example 96 (46) 12 3.0
    Example 97 (47) 10 3.5
    Example 98 (48) 12 3.0
    Example 99 (49) 16 3.0
    Example 100 (50) 12 3.0
    Comparative Example 25 (62) 30 3.5
    Comparative Example 26 (63) 30 2.5
  • As is apparent from the results shown in Table 3, the lithographic printing plate precursor and the plate making method thereof excellent in compatibility of the gum development property (reproducibility of fine line) and the printing durability can be provided according to the invention.
  • Examples 101 to 155 and Comparative Examples 27 to 30 Examples of On-press development
  • 1. Preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursors (64) to (92), (119) and (120) (1) Formation of Undercoat layer (2)
  • The compound represented by formula (I) or (II) was added to Coating solution (1) for undercoat layer described above as shown in Table 4 in the amount shown in Table 4 to prepare Coating solution (2) for undercoat layer. Coating solution (2) for undercoat layer was coated on Support (1) described above so as to have a dry coating amount (exclusive of the compound represented by formula (I) or (II)) of 28 mg/m2 to form Undercoat layer (2).
  • Formation of Image-recording layer (4)
  • On the Undercoat layer (2) was formed an image-recording layer in the same manner as in the preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursor (1) except for changing Coating solution (1) for image-recording layer to Coating solution (4) for image-recording layer having the composition shown below to prepare Lithographic printing plate precursors (64) to (92), (119) and (120), respectively.
  • Coating solution (4) for image-recording layer was prepared by mixing Photosensitive solution (4) shown below with Microgel solution (1) described above just before the coating, followed by stirring.
  • <Photosensitive solution (4)>
  • Binder polymer (1) having structure shown above [Component (E)] Amount shown in Table 4
    Infrared absorbing agent (1) having structure shown above [Component (A)] 0.030 g
    Radical polymerization initiator (1) having structure shown above [Component (B)] 0.162 g
    Polymerizable compound (Tris(acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanulate (NK Ester A-9300, produced by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)) [Component (C)] Amount shown in Table 4
    Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (Tris(2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanulate) 0.062 g
    Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (1) having structure shown above 0.050 g
    Oil-sensitizing agent (Phosphonium compound (1) having structure shown above 0.055 g
    Oil-sensitizing agent (Benzyl dimethyl octyl ammonium PF6 salt 0.018 g
    Compound represented by formula (I) or (II) shown in Table 4 Amount shown in Table 4
    Fluorine-based surfactant (1) having structure shown above 0.008 g
    Methyl ethyl ketone 1.091 g
    1-Methoxy-2-propanol 8.609 g
  • 2. Preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursors (93) to (104) and (121) (1) Formation of Image-recording layer (5)
  • Lithographic printing plate precursors (93) to (104) and (121) were prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursor (64) except for changing Coating solution (4) for image-recording layer to Coating solution (5) for image-recording layer shown below, respectively.
  • <Coating solution (5) for image-recording layer>
  • Binder polymer (1) having structure shown above [Component (E)] Amount shown in Table 4
    Infrared absorbing agent (2) having structure shown above [Component (A)] 0.05 g
    Radical polymerization initiator (1) having structure shown above [Component (B)] 0.20 g
    Polymerizable compound (Aronics M-215, produced by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) [Component (C)] Amount shown in Table 4
    Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (Sodium n-heptylsulfonate) 0.05 g
    Compound represented by formula (I) or (II) shown in Table 4 Amount shown in Table 4
    Oil-sensitizing agent (Benzyl dimethyl octyl ammonium PF6 salt 0.018 g
    Oil-sensitizing agent (Ammonium group-containing polymer: Compound (23) described hereinbefore (reduced specific viscosity: 44 cSt/g/ml) 0.035 g
    Fluorine-based surfactant (1) having structure shown above 0.10 g
    Methyl ethyl ketone 18.0 g
  • 3. Preparation of Lithographic printing plate precursors (105) to (118) and (122) (1) Formation of Image-recording layer (6)
  • Coating solution (6) for image-recording layer shown below was coated on Undercoat layer (2) as described above by a bar and dried in an oven at 70°C for 60 seconds to form Image-recording layer (6) having a dry coating amount of 0.6 g/m2.
  • <Coating solution (6) for image-recording layer>
  • Aqueous dispersion of polymer fine particle (hydrophobilizing precursor) shown above [Component (D)] 33.0 g
    Infrared absorbing agent (3) having structure shown above [Component (A)] 1.0 g
    Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate [Component (C)] 0.5 g
    Hydrophilic low molecular weight compound (Disodium 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonate) 0.1 g
    Compound represented by formula (I) or (II) shown in Table 4 Amount shown in Table 4
    Methanol 16.0 g
  • (2) Formation of Protective layer
  • Protective layer (3) or Protective layer (4) described above was formed as shown in Table 4 in the same manner as described above to prepare Lithographic printing plate precursors (105) to (118) and (122).
  • The on-press development property and printing durability of Lithographic printing plate precursors (64) to (122) were evaluated in the same manner as described above. The results obtained are shown in Table 5. TABLE4
    <Lithographic printing plate precursors (64) to (92), (119) and (120)>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor Undercoat Layer Image-Forming Layer Protective Layer
    Compound Represented by Formula (I) or (II) Kind of Image-Forming Layer Compound Represented by Formula (I) or (II) Amount of Polymerizable Compound (C) (g) Amount of Binder Polymer (E) (g) M/B Ratio
    Kind of Compound Amount Added (g) Content in Undercoat Layer (%) Kind of Compound Amount Added (g)
    (64) C-1 0.01 3.4 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (65) C-1 0.02 6.7 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (66) C-1 0.03 9.7 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (67) C-1 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (68) C-1 0.1 26 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (69) C-1 0.2 42 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (70) C-1 0.5 64 (4) None - 0.192 024 1.15 (1)
    (71) C-0 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 024 1.15 (1)
    (72) C-5 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (73) C-7 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (74) C-18 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (75) C-19 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (76) C-25 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (77) C-27 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (78) S-1 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (79) S-4 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (80) S-17 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (81) S-21 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (82) S-25 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (83) S-27 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (84) C-1/C-18
    1/1
    0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (85) C-1/5 25
    1/1
    0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (86) C-1 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.032 0.40 0.29 (1)
    (87) C-1 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.112 0.32 0.61 (1)
    (88) C-1 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.232 0.20 1.58 (1)
    (89) C-1 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.292 0.14 2.69 (1)
    (90) C-1 0.05 15 (4) C-1 0.01 0.192 024 1.15 (1)
    (91) C-1 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 024 1.15 (2)
    (92) C-1 0.05 15 (4) C-1 0.01 0.192 0.24 1.15 (2)
    (119) Comparative Compound (1) 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    (120) Comparative Compound (2) 0.05 15 (4) None - 0.192 0.24 1.15 (1)
    <Lithographic printing plate precursors (93) to (118), (121) and (122)>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor Undercoat Layer Image-Forming Layer Protective Layer
    Compound Represented by Formula (I) or (II) Kind of Image-Forming Layer Compound Represented by Formula (I) or (II) Amount of Polymerizable Compound (C) (g) Amount of Binder Polymer (E) (g) M/B Ratio
    Kind of Compound Amount Added (g) Content in Undercoat Layer (%) Kind of Compound Amount Added (g)
    (93) C-1 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (94) C4 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (95) C-18 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.60 0.50 120 (1)
    (96) C-25 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (97) C-27 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (98) S-17 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (99) S-25 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.60 0.50 120 (1)
    (100) C-1 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.68 0.42 1.62 (1)
    (101) C-1 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.80 0.30 2.67 (1)
    (102) C-1 0.05 15 (5) C-1 0.01 0.60 0.50 120 (1)
    (103) C-1 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.60 0.50 1.20 (2)
    (104) C-1 0.05 15 (5) C-1 0.01 0.60 0.50 1.20 (2)
    (105) C-1 0.01 3.4 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (106) C-1 0.03 9.7 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (107) C-1 0.05 15 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (108) C-1 0.1 26 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (109) C-1 0.5 64 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (110) Cm1 0.05 15 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (111) C-18 0.05 15 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (112) C-25 0.05 15 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (113) C-27 0.05 15 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (l14) S-17 0.05 15 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (115) S-25 0.05 15 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (116) C-1 1 0.05 15 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (117) S-25 0.05 15 (6) None - 0.50 None - (4)
    (118) C-1 0.05 15 (6) C-1 0.1 0.50 None - (4)
    (121) Comparative Compound (1) 0.05 15 (5) None - 0.60 0.50 1.20 (1)
    (122) Comparative Compound (1) 0.05 15 (6) None - 0.50 None - (3)
    (In Table 4, M/B ratio indicates a weight ratio of Polymerizable compound (cylinder Polymer (E). Although the "Amount of Polymerizable Compound (C)" described in the above Table 4 is with regard to the amount presented outside of the microgel, the weight of Polymerizable compound (C) used to calculate the MB ratio is with regard to the total of the amount presented inside of the microgel and the amount presented outside of the microgel.)
    TABLE 5
    <Evaluation results of printing in Examples 1 O1 to I29 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4, 27 and 28>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor On-Press Development Property (sheets) Printing Durability (x 105 sheets)
    Example 101 (64) 20 5.0
    Example 102 (65) 18 5.0
    Example 103 (66) 15 5.0
    Example 104 (67) 10 5.0
    Example 105 (68) 10 5.0
    Example 106 (69) 10 5.0
    Example 107 (70) 8 4.5
    Example 108 (71) 15 5.0
    Example 109 (72) 15 5.0
    Example 110 (73) 10 5.0
    Example 111 (74) 10 4.5
    Example 112 (75) 15 5.0
    Example 113 (76) 20 4.5
    Example 114 (77) 15 4.0
    Example 115 (78) 10 5.0
    Example 116 (79) 15 4.5
    Example 117 (80) 10 5.0
    Example 118 (81) 20 4.0
    Example 119 (82) 15 4.5
    Example 120 (83) 15 4.0
    Example 121 (84) 10 4.5
    Example 122 (85) 15 4.5
    Example 123 (86) 20 5.0
    Example 124 (87) 15 5.0
    Example 125 (88) 8 4.0
    Example 126 (89) 5 3.5
    Example 127 (90) 8 4.0
    Example 128 (91) 8 4.5
    Example 129 (92) 5 3.5
    Comparative Example 1 (51) 70 5.0
    Comparative Example 2 (52) 65 5.0
    Comparative Example 3 (53) 40 3.5
    Comparative Example 4 (54) 20 0.5
    Comparative Example 27 (119) 65 0.5
    Comparative Example 28 (120) 70 0.1
    <Evaluation results of printing in Examples 130 to 155 and Comparative Examples 7 to 10, 12, 29 and 30>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor On-Press Development Property (sheets) Printing Durability (x 105 sheets)
    Example 130 (93) 15 4.0
    Example 131 (94) 20 4.0
    Example 132 (95) 15 4.0
    Example 133 (96) 20 3.5
    Example 134 (97) 20 3.5
    Example 135 (98) 15 4.0
    Example 136 (99) 20 3.5
    Example 137 (100) 15 4.5
    Example 138 (101) 20 5.0
    Example 139 (102) 10 3.5
    Example 140 (103) 10 3.5
    Example 141 (104) 5 3.0
    Comparative Example 7 (57) 80 4.0
    Comparative Example 8 (58) 70 3.5
    Comparative Example 9 (59) 50 3.0
    Comparative Example 10 (60) 20 0.5
    Comparative Example 29 (121) 70 1.5
    Example 142 (105) 20 4.0
    Example 143 (106) 15 4.0.
    Example 144 (107) 10 4.0
    Example 145 (108) 8 3.5
    Example 146 (109) 5 3.5
    Example 147 (110) 15 4.0
    Example 148 (111) 10 4.0
    Example 149 (112) 15 3.5
    Example 150 (113) 15 3.5
    Example 151 (114) 10 4.0
    Example 152 (115) 15 3.5
    Example 153 (116) 20 3.0
    Example 154 (117) 15 3.0
    Example 155 (118) 8 3.5
    Comparative Example 12 (62) 40 4.0
    Comparative Example 30 (122) 40 3.0
  • As is apparent from the results shown in Table 5, the lithographic printing plate precursor and the plate making method thereof excellent in compatibility of the on-press development property and the printing durability can be provided according to the invention.
  • Examples 156 to 210 and Comparative Examples 31 to 34 Examples of Gum development
  • Each of Lithographic printing plate precursors (64) to (122) was exposed imagewise, subjected to gum development and evaluated on printing in the same manner as described above. The results obtained are shown in Table 6. TABLE 6
    <Evaluation results of printing in Examples 156 to 184 and Comparative Examples 14 to 17, 31 and 32>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor Gum Development Property (Reproducibility of Fine Line) (µm) Printing Durability (x 105 sheets)
    Example 156 (64) 16 4.5
    Example 157 (65) 14 4.5
    Example 158 (66) 12 4.5
    Example 159 (67) 10 4.5
    Example 160 (68) 10 4.5
    Example 161 (69) 10 4.5
    Example 162 (70) 10 4.0
    Example 163 (71) 12 4.5
    Example 164 (72) 12 4.5
    Example 165 (73) 10 4.5
    Example 166 (74) 10 4.0
    Example 167 (75) 12 4.5
    Example 168 (76) 16 4.0
    Example 169 (77) 12 3.5
    Example 170 (78) 10 4.5
    Example 171 (79) 12 4.0
    Example 172 (80) 10 4.5
    Example 173 (81) 16 3.5
    Example 174 (82) 12 4.0
    Example 175 (83) 12 3.5
    Example 176 (84) 10 4.0
    Example 177 (85) 12 4.0
    Example 178 (86) 16 4.5
    Example 179 (87) 12 4.5
    Example 180 (88) 10 3.5
    Example 181 (89) 10 3.0
    Example 182 (90) 10 4.0
    Example 183 (91) 10 4.0
    Example 184 (92) 10 3.5
    Comparative Example 14 (51) 50 4.5
    Comparative Example 15 (52) 50 4.5
    Comparative Example 16 (53) 36 3.0
    Comparative Example 17 (54) 16 0.2
    Comparative Example 31 (119) 50 0.2
    Comparative Example 32 (120) 50 0.1
    <Evaluation results of printing in Examples 185 to 210 and Comparative Examples 20 to 23, 25, 33 and 34>
    Lithographic Printing Plate Precursor Gum Development Property (Reproducibility of Fine Line) (µm) Printing Durability (x 105 sheets)
    Example 185 (93) 12 3.5
    Example 186 (94) 16 3.5
    Example 187 (95) 12 3.5
    Example 188 (96) 16 3.0
    Example 189 (97) 16 3.0
    Example 190 (98) 12 3.5
    Example 191 (99) 16 3.0
    Example 192 (100) 12 3.5
    Example 193 (101) 16 4.5
    Example 194 (102) 10 3.0
    Example 195 (103) 10 3.0
    Example 196 (104) 10 3.0
    Comparative Example 20 (57) 50 3.5
    Comparative Example 21 (58) 50 3.0
    Comparative Example 22 (59) 40 2.5
    Comparative Example 23 (60) 16 0.2
    Comparative Example 33 (121) 50 1.0
    Example 197 (105) 16 3.5
    Example 198 (106) 12 3.5
    Example 199 (107) 10 3.5
    Example 200 (108) 10 3.0
    Example 201 (109) 10 3.0
    Example 202 (110) 12 3.5
    Example 203 (111) 10 3.5
    Example 204 (112) 12 3.0
    Example 205 (113) 12 3.0
    Example 206 (114) 10 3.5
    Example 207 (115) 12 3.0
    Example 208 (116) 16 3.0
    Example 209 (117) 12 3.0
    Example 210 (118) 10 3.0
    Comparative Example 25 (62) 30 3.5
    Comparative Example 34 (122) 30 2.5
  • As is apparent from the results shown in Table 6, the lithographic printing plate precursor and the plate making method thereof excellent in compatibility of the gum development property (reproducibility of fine line) and the printing durability can be provided according to the invention.

Claims (7)

  1. A lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a support and an image-recording layer an unexposed area of which can be removed after imagewise exposure by supplying printing ink and dampening water or supplying a gum solution, wherein the image-recording layer comprises a betaine compound represented by the following formula (I) or (II):
    Figure imgb0157
    wherein R1 to R3 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, each of which groups may be substituted with a hydroxy group or an amino group, Z represents an alkylene group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which may be substituted with a hydroxy group, or at least two of R1 to R3 and Z may be combined with each other to form a heterocyclic ring.
  2. A lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a support and an image-recording layer an unexposed area of which can be removed after imagewise exposure by supplying printing ink and dampening water or supplying a gum solution, wherein the lithographic printing plate precursor further comprises a layer comprising a betaine compound represented by the following formula (I) or (II) between the support and the image-recording layer:
    Figure imgb0158
    wherein R1 to R3 each independently represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, each of which groups may be substituted with a hydroxy group or an amino group, Z represents an alkylene group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which may be substituted with a hydroxy group, or at least two of R1 to R3 and Z may be combined with each other to form a heterocyclic ring.
  3. The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in Claim 1 or 2 which further comprises a protective layer.
  4. The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 3, wherein the image-recording layer comprises:
    (A) an infrared absorbing agent;
    (B) a radical polymerization initiator; and
    (C) a polymerizable compound.
  5. The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in Claim 4, wherein the image-recording layer further comprises: (E) a binder polymer, and a value obtained by dividing a weight of the polymerizable compound (C) by a weight of the binder polymer (E) is 1.8 or less.
  6. The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 3, wherein the image-recording layer comprises: (A) an infrared absorbing agent; and (D) a hydrophobilizing precursor.
  7. A plate making method of a lithographic printing plate precursor comprising:
    exposing imagewise the lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 6; and
    removing an unexposed area of the image-recording layer by
    (i) supplying oily ink and an aqueous component to the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor on a printing machine to initiate printing without subjecting the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor to any development processing, or
    (ii) removing an unexposed area of the image-recording layer by treating the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor with a gum solution.
EP09000874A 2008-01-22 2009-01-22 Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method using the precursor Active EP2082875B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008011706A JP5155677B2 (en) 2008-01-22 2008-01-22 Planographic printing plate precursor and its plate making method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP2082875A1 EP2082875A1 (en) 2009-07-29
EP2082875B1 true EP2082875B1 (en) 2012-03-07

Family

ID=40470064

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP09000874A Active EP2082875B1 (en) 2008-01-22 2009-01-22 Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method using the precursor

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2082875B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5155677B2 (en)
AT (1) ATE548189T1 (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010060933A (en) * 2008-09-04 2010-03-18 Fujifilm Corp Negative lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method therefor
JP5292156B2 (en) * 2009-03-30 2013-09-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor and plate making method
JP5624880B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2014-11-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing plate preparation method
JP5448882B2 (en) * 2010-01-27 2014-03-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor and plate making method
JP5588887B2 (en) * 2010-01-29 2014-09-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Preparation method of lithographic printing plate
JP5690671B2 (en) * 2010-06-30 2015-03-25 富士フイルム株式会社 NOVEL POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITION, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOUND USED FOR THE SAME, IMAGE-FORMING MATERIAL USING NOVEL POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITION, AND lithographic printing plate precursor
JP5745371B2 (en) * 2011-09-07 2015-07-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Preparation of lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing plate
US20190079404A1 (en) * 2016-03-16 2019-03-14 Agfa Nv Method for processing a lithographic printing plate

Family Cites Families (201)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB434875A (en) 1933-02-08 1935-09-05 Bela Gasper An improved method of producing multi-colour photographic images on coloured and differently sensitized multi-layer photographic material
BE507657A (en) 1950-12-06
NL95043C (en) 1953-06-30
US2800457A (en) 1953-06-30 1957-07-23 Ncr Co Oil-containing microscopic capsules and method of making them
US2833827A (en) 1955-01-17 1958-05-06 Bayer Ag Tri (3, 5-di lower alkyl-4-hydroxy phenyl)-sulfonium chlorides and method of preparing same
US3043782A (en) 1958-12-22 1962-07-10 Upjohn Co Process for preparing a more impermeable coating by liquid-liquid phase separation
JPS369163B1 (en) 1959-09-01 1961-06-30
BE606888A (en) 1960-08-05 1900-01-01
JPS3622063B1 (en) 1959-12-11 1961-11-15
FR1262591A (en) 1960-02-23 1961-06-05 Metallurg De Prayon Sa Method and apparatus for the production of zinc by reduction of zinc oxides in a multiple crucible furnace
IT631615A (en) 1960-02-26
NL128865C (en) 1961-09-05
US3287154A (en) 1963-04-24 1966-11-22 Polaroid Corp Pressure responsive record materials
US3280734A (en) 1963-10-29 1966-10-25 Howard A Fromson Photographic plate
US3181461A (en) 1963-05-23 1965-05-04 Howard A Fromson Photographic plate
JPS42446B1 (en) 1963-10-21 1967-01-13
US3479185A (en) 1965-06-03 1969-11-18 Du Pont Photopolymerizable compositions and layers containing 2,4,5-triphenylimidazoyl dimers
US3418250A (en) 1965-10-23 1968-12-24 Us Plywood Champ Papers Inc Microcapsules, process for their formation and transfer sheet record material coated therewith
US3458311A (en) 1966-06-27 1969-07-29 Du Pont Photopolymerizable elements with solvent removable protective layers
DK125218B (en) 1967-11-09 1973-01-15 Kalle Ag Photosensitive recording material and photosensitive composition for use in the manufacture of the material.
JPS519079B1 (en) 1967-11-29 1976-03-23
ZA6807938B (en) 1967-12-04
JPS5212150B1 (en) 1968-06-04 1977-04-05
DE2033769B2 (en) 1969-07-11 1980-02-21 Ppg Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa. (V.St.A.) Mixtures containing bis (2-acryloxyethyl) hexahydrophthalate and manufacturing processes
JPS4841708B1 (en) 1970-01-13 1973-12-07
ES390653A1 (en) 1970-04-28 1974-03-16 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Process for the production of oily liquid-containing microcapsules and the microcapsules produced thereby
DE2053683A1 (en) 1970-11-02 1972-05-10 Kalle Ag, 6202 Wiesbaden-Biebrich Photopolymerizable copying compound
DE2064079C2 (en) 1970-12-28 1982-09-09 Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt Photopolymerizable mixture
DE2064742C3 (en) 1970-12-31 1980-02-07 Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt Photopolymerizable compounds
CA990722A (en) 1971-08-25 1976-06-08 Yoshinobu Murakami Organic photoconductive layer sensitized with trimethine compound
JPS4835281A (en) 1971-09-07 1973-05-24
JPS5324989B2 (en) 1971-12-09 1978-07-24
US3905815A (en) 1971-12-17 1975-09-16 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Photopolymerizable sheet material with diazo resin layer
JPS5230490B2 (en) 1972-03-21 1977-08-09
DE2347784C3 (en) 1972-09-27 1978-11-23 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Co., Wilmington, Del. (V.St.A.) Photopolymerizable recording material
JPS5549729B2 (en) 1973-02-07 1980-12-13
US3914511A (en) 1973-10-18 1975-10-21 Champion Int Corp Spot printing of color-forming microcapsules and co-reactant therefor
DE2361041C3 (en) 1973-12-07 1980-08-14 Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt Photopolymerizable mixture
US3902734A (en) 1974-03-14 1975-09-02 Twm Mfg Co Frames for axle suspension systems
US4069056A (en) 1974-05-02 1978-01-17 General Electric Company Photopolymerizable composition containing group Va aromatic onium salts
GB1512982A (en) 1974-05-02 1978-06-01 Gen Electric Salts
US4001140A (en) 1974-07-10 1977-01-04 Ncr Corporation Capsule manufacture
JPS5311314B2 (en) 1974-09-25 1978-04-20
US4025445A (en) 1975-12-15 1977-05-24 Texaco Inc. Boron amide lubricating oil additive
JPS5463902A (en) 1977-10-31 1979-05-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Method of making offset printing plate
US4173476A (en) 1978-02-08 1979-11-06 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Complex salt photoinitiator
DE2822189A1 (en) 1978-05-20 1980-04-17 Hoechst Ag PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE
DE2822190A1 (en) 1978-05-20 1979-11-22 Hoechst Ag PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE
JPS6053300B2 (en) 1978-08-29 1985-11-25 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
US4311783A (en) 1979-08-14 1982-01-19 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Dimers derived from unsymmetrical 2,4,5,-triphenylimidazole compounds as photoinitiators
US4283475A (en) 1979-08-21 1981-08-11 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Pentamethine thiopyrylium salts, process for production thereof, and photoconductive compositions containing said salts
DE2952698A1 (en) 1979-12-29 1981-07-02 Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE AND PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE COPY MATERIAL MADE THEREOF
DE2952697A1 (en) 1979-12-29 1981-07-02 Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt POLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE BY RADIATION AND RADIATION-SENSITIVE COPY MATERIAL MADE THEREFOR
US4327169A (en) 1981-01-19 1982-04-27 Eastman Kodak Company Infrared sensitive photoconductive composition, elements and imaging method using trimethine thiopyrylium dye
DE3036694A1 (en) 1980-09-29 1982-06-03 Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt RUBBER-ELASTIC, ETHYLENICALLY UNSATURATED POLYURETHANE AND MIXTURE CONTAINING THE SAME BY RADIATION
DE3048502A1 (en) 1980-12-22 1982-07-22 Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt POLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE BY RADIATION AND RADIATION-SENSITIVE RECORDING MATERIAL MADE THEREOF
DE3120052A1 (en) 1981-05-20 1982-12-09 Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt POLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE BY RADIATION AND COPYING MATERIAL MADE THEREOF
JPS58112793A (en) 1981-12-28 1983-07-05 Ricoh Co Ltd Optical information recording medium
JPS58112792A (en) 1981-12-28 1983-07-05 Ricoh Co Ltd Optical information recording medium
JPS58125246A (en) 1982-01-22 1983-07-26 Ricoh Co Ltd Laser recording medium
JPS58159533A (en) 1982-02-01 1983-09-21 Toray Ind Inc Developing brush flocked with crimped yarn having irregular sectional shapes
JPS58181690A (en) 1982-04-19 1983-10-24 Canon Inc Optical recording medium
JPS58220143A (en) 1982-06-16 1983-12-21 Canon Inc Organic film
JPS58173696A (en) 1982-04-06 1983-10-12 Canon Inc Optical recording medium
JPS58181051A (en) 1982-04-19 1983-10-22 Canon Inc Organic photoconductor
JPS58194595A (en) 1982-05-10 1983-11-12 Canon Inc Optical recording medium
JPS595241A (en) 1982-06-21 1984-01-12 ヘキスト・アクチエンゲゼルシヤフト Radiation polymerizable mixture
DE3223104A1 (en) 1982-06-21 1983-12-22 Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE AND PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE COPY MATERIAL MADE THEREOF
JPS58224793A (en) 1982-06-25 1983-12-27 Nec Corp Optical recording medium
JPS5948187A (en) 1982-09-10 1984-03-19 Nec Corp Photo recording medium
US4491628A (en) 1982-08-23 1985-01-01 International Business Machines Corporation Positive- and negative-working resist compositions with acid generating photoinitiator and polymer with acid labile groups pendant from polymer backbone
JPS5984249A (en) 1982-11-05 1984-05-15 Canon Inc Organic coat
JPS5984248A (en) 1982-11-05 1984-05-15 Canon Inc Organic coat
JPS5941363A (en) 1982-08-31 1984-03-07 Canon Inc Pyrylium dye, thiopyrylium dye and its preparation
US4518676A (en) 1982-09-18 1985-05-21 Ciba Geigy Corporation Photopolymerizable compositions containing diaryliodosyl salts
JPS5973996A (en) 1982-10-22 1984-04-26 Nec Corp Optical recording medium
JPS5984356A (en) 1982-11-05 1984-05-16 Ricoh Co Ltd Manufacture of optical disk master
JPS59146063A (en) 1983-02-09 1984-08-21 Canon Inc Organic film
JPS59146061A (en) 1983-02-09 1984-08-21 Canon Inc Organic film
US4590287A (en) 1983-02-11 1986-05-20 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Fluorinated titanocenes and photopolymerizable composition containing same
JPS59216146A (en) 1983-05-24 1984-12-06 Sony Corp Electrophotographic sensitive material
JPS6063744A (en) 1983-08-23 1985-04-12 Nec Corp Optical information recording medium
JPS6052940A (en) 1983-09-02 1985-03-26 Nec Corp Optical recording medium
JPS6078787A (en) 1983-10-07 1985-05-04 Ricoh Co Ltd Optical information recording medium
JPH0629285B2 (en) 1983-10-14 1994-04-20 三菱化成株式会社 Photopolymerizable composition
JPS60168144A (en) 1984-02-13 1985-08-31 Japan Synthetic Rubber Co Ltd Peeling soluting composition
DE3406101A1 (en) 1984-02-21 1985-08-22 Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt METHOD FOR THE TWO-STAGE HYDROPHILIZING TREATMENT OF ALUMINUM OXIDE LAYERS WITH AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS AND THE USE THEREOF IN THE PRODUCTION OF OFFSET PRINT PLATE CARRIERS
JPS60239736A (en) 1984-05-14 1985-11-28 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive composition
DE3421511A1 (en) 1984-06-08 1985-12-12 Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt POLYMERIZABLE COMPOUNDS HAVING PERFLUORALKYL GROUPS, REPRODUCTION LAYERS CONTAINING THEM AND THEIR USE FOR WATERLESS OFFSET PRINTING
US4713401A (en) 1984-12-20 1987-12-15 Martin Riediker Titanocenes and a radiation-polymerizable composition containing these titanocenes
JP2525568B2 (en) 1985-01-18 1996-08-21 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosolubilizing composition
JPS61169837A (en) 1985-01-22 1986-07-31 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosolubilizable composition
JPS61169835A (en) 1985-01-22 1986-07-31 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosolubilizable composition
JPS6259963A (en) 1985-09-10 1987-03-16 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Electrophotographic sensitive material
JPS6256971A (en) 1985-09-05 1987-03-12 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Electrophotographic sensitive material
JPH0766185B2 (en) 1985-09-09 1995-07-19 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition
US4622286A (en) 1985-09-16 1986-11-11 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Photoimaging composition containing admixture of leuco dye and 2,4,5-triphenylimidazolyl dimer
CA1284740C (en) 1985-11-20 1991-06-11 Peter Gottschalk Photosensitive materials containing ionic dye compounds as initiators
US4772541A (en) 1985-11-20 1988-09-20 The Mead Corporation Photohardenable compositions containing a dye borate complex and photosensitive materials employing the same
JPS62167253A (en) 1986-01-17 1987-07-23 昭和電工株式会社 High electric resistivity sic sintered body
JPH083630B2 (en) 1986-01-23 1996-01-17 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition
US4756993A (en) 1986-01-27 1988-07-12 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Electrophotographic photoreceptor with light scattering layer or light absorbing layer on support backside
DE3604580A1 (en) 1986-02-14 1987-08-20 Basf Ag CURABLE MIXTURES CONTAINING N-SULFONYLAMINOSULFONIUM SALTS AS CATIONICALLY EFFECTIVE CATALYSTS
DE3604581A1 (en) 1986-02-14 1987-08-20 Basf Ag 4-Acylbenzylsulphonium salts, their preparation, and photocurable mixtures and recording materials containing these compounds
JPS62212401A (en) 1986-03-14 1987-09-18 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photopolymerizable composition
JPH06105351B2 (en) 1986-03-27 1994-12-21 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition
JPH065384B2 (en) 1986-06-12 1994-01-19 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive printing plate
US4857654A (en) 1986-08-01 1989-08-15 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Titanocenes and their use
JPS6370243A (en) 1986-09-11 1988-03-30 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive composition
US4760013A (en) 1987-02-17 1988-07-26 International Business Machines Corporation Sulfonium salt photoinitiators
DE3710279A1 (en) 1987-03-28 1988-10-06 Hoechst Ag POLYMERIZABLE COMPOUNDS AND THIS CONTAINING MIXTURE MIXING BY RADIATION
DE3710281A1 (en) 1987-03-28 1988-10-06 Hoechst Ag PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE AND RECORDING MATERIAL MADE THEREOF
DE3710282A1 (en) 1987-03-28 1988-10-13 Hoechst Ag PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE AND RECORDING MATERIAL MADE THEREOF
JPH0743536B2 (en) 1987-05-29 1995-05-15 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition
DE3721741A1 (en) 1987-07-01 1989-01-12 Basf Ag RADIATION-SENSITIVE MIXTURE FOR LIGHT-SENSITIVE COATING MATERIALS
DE3721740A1 (en) 1987-07-01 1989-01-12 Basf Ag SULFONIUM SALTS WITH ACID LABELING GROUPS
JPH0721633B2 (en) 1987-07-10 1995-03-08 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive material
DE3738864A1 (en) 1987-11-16 1989-05-24 Hoechst Ag POLYMERIZABLE COMPOUNDS AND THIS CONTAINING MIXTURE MIXING BY RADIATION
US5026625A (en) 1987-12-01 1991-06-25 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Titanocenes, the use thereof, and n-substituted fluoroanilines
JPH01152109A (en) 1987-12-09 1989-06-14 Toray Ind Inc Photopolymerizable composition
US4933377A (en) 1988-02-29 1990-06-12 Saeva Franklin D Novel sulfonium salts and the use thereof as photoinitiators
EP0334338A3 (en) 1988-03-24 1990-06-20 Dentsply International, Inc. Titanate initiators for light cured compositions
DE3817424A1 (en) 1988-05-21 1989-11-23 Hoechst Ag ALKENYLPHOSPHONE AND PHOSPHINIC ACID ESTER, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND RADIATION POLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE THAT CONTAINS THESE COMPOUNDS
JP2757375B2 (en) 1988-06-02 1998-05-25 東洋紡績株式会社 Photopolymerizable composition
CA2002873A1 (en) 1988-11-21 1990-05-21 Franklin Donald Saeva Onium salts and the use thereof as photoinitiators
JPH02150848A (en) 1988-12-02 1990-06-11 Hitachi Ltd Photofadable and radiation sensitive composition and pattern forming method by using this composition
DE3843205A1 (en) 1988-12-22 1990-06-28 Hoechst Ag PHOTOPOLYMERISABLE COMPOUNDS, THIS CONTAINING PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE, AND PRODUCED PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE RECORDING MATERIAL THEREOF
US5156938A (en) 1989-03-30 1992-10-20 Graphics Technology International, Inc. Ablation-transfer imaging/recording
US5040237A (en) 1989-03-31 1991-08-13 E. F. Johnson Company Method and apparatus for an alternate home channel for a land mobile transmission trunked communication system
US5041358A (en) 1989-04-17 1991-08-20 International Business Machines Corporation Negative photoresist and use thereof
JPH02296514A (en) 1989-05-12 1990-12-07 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Suspension controller for vehicle
JP2655349B2 (en) 1989-05-18 1997-09-17 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive lithographic printing plate
JP2589578B2 (en) 1989-09-13 1997-03-12 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Developing brush
JPH04365049A (en) 1991-06-12 1992-12-17 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive composition material
JP2764769B2 (en) 1991-06-24 1998-06-11 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photopolymerizable composition
JP2739395B2 (en) 1991-08-19 1998-04-15 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive lithographic printing plate
JPH0561214A (en) 1991-09-04 1993-03-12 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Production of planographic printing original plate
JPH0583588A (en) 1991-09-24 1993-04-02 Omron Corp Image processor
JPH0634174A (en) 1992-07-15 1994-02-08 Hitachi Ltd Ventilator
JP2929858B2 (en) 1992-08-14 1999-08-03 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Polymerizable composition and polymerization method
JPH06175554A (en) 1992-12-03 1994-06-24 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Production of volume phase type hologram
JPH06175553A (en) 1992-12-03 1994-06-24 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Hologram recording medium and production of volume phase type hologram by using this medium
JPH06175564A (en) 1992-12-04 1994-06-24 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Hologram recording material and production of volume phase type hologram by using the recording material
JPH06175561A (en) 1992-12-04 1994-06-24 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Hologram recording medium and production of volume phase type hologram by using the recording medium
JPH06348011A (en) 1993-06-04 1994-12-22 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Photopolymerizable composition
JPH07128785A (en) 1993-11-02 1995-05-19 Konica Corp Material and method for forming image
JPH07140589A (en) 1993-11-19 1995-06-02 Konica Corp Image forming material and image forming method
JP3321288B2 (en) 1994-04-25 2002-09-03 日本ペイント株式会社 Near infrared polymerizable composition
JPH07306527A (en) 1994-05-11 1995-11-21 Konica Corp Image forming material and image forming method
JPH08108621A (en) 1994-10-06 1996-04-30 Konica Corp Image recording medium and image forming method using the medium
DE69605909D1 (en) 1995-04-27 2000-02-03 Minnesota Mining & Mfg NEGATIVE WORKING UNTREATED REPRODUCTION LAYERS
US6030750A (en) 1995-10-24 2000-02-29 Agfa-Gevaert. N.V. Method for making a lithographic printing plate involving on press development
EP0770494B1 (en) 1995-10-24 2000-05-24 Agfa-Gevaert N.V. A method for making a lithographic printing plate involving on press development
DE69623140T2 (en) 1995-10-24 2003-03-27 Agfa Gevaert Nv Process for the production of a lithographic printing plate with development taking place on the printing press
DE69613078T2 (en) 1995-11-09 2001-11-22 Agfa Gevaert Nv Heat-sensitive recording element and method for producing a printing form therewith
DE69608522T2 (en) 1995-11-09 2001-01-25 Agfa Gevaert Nv Heat sensitive recording element and method for producing a lithographic printing form therewith
AU717137B2 (en) 1995-11-24 2000-03-16 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc. Borate coinitiators for photopolymerization
MY132867A (en) 1995-11-24 2007-10-31 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc Acid-stable borates for photopolymerization
TW467933B (en) 1995-11-24 2001-12-11 Ciba Sc Holding Ag Photopolymerizable compositions comprising borate photoinitiators from monoboranes and the use thereof
JPH1097065A (en) * 1996-09-20 1998-04-14 Nippon Paint Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition
JPH10282679A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-10-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative type photosensitive planographic printing plate
JP3819574B2 (en) 1997-12-25 2006-09-13 三洋電機株式会社 Manufacturing method of semiconductor device
EP0931647B1 (en) 1998-01-23 2003-04-02 Agfa-Gevaert A heat sensitive element and a method for producing lithographic plates therewith
SG77689A1 (en) 1998-06-26 2001-01-16 Ciba Sc Holding Ag New o-acyloxime photoinitiators
JP3889530B2 (en) 1998-08-17 2007-03-07 コダックポリクロームグラフィックス株式会社 Photopolymerizable composition, photopolymerizable lithographic printing plate and image forming method
DK199901098A (en) 1998-08-18 2000-02-19 Ciba Sc Holding Ag Sylphony oxymers for in-line photoresists with high sensitivity and high resistance thickness
JP2001133969A (en) 1999-11-01 2001-05-18 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative type original plate of planographic printing plate
JP2001277740A (en) 2000-01-27 2001-10-10 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for lithographic printing plate
US6740464B2 (en) 2000-01-14 2004-05-25 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2001277742A (en) 2000-01-27 2001-10-10 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for lithographic printing plate
JP2001199175A (en) 2000-01-19 2001-07-24 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Support of lithographic printing plate
JP2001253181A (en) 2000-03-09 2001-09-18 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for positive type heat sensitive lithographic printing
JP2001322365A (en) 2000-05-16 2001-11-20 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for heat-sensitive lithographic printing
JP4141088B2 (en) 2000-05-30 2008-08-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor
JP4373624B2 (en) 2000-09-04 2009-11-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Thermosensitive composition, lithographic printing plate precursor and sulfonium salt compound using the same
JP2002079772A (en) 2000-09-05 2002-03-19 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original film for lithographic printing plate, method of making lithographic printing plate using the same and method of printing
JP4191887B2 (en) 2000-09-27 2008-12-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor
JP4202589B2 (en) 2000-10-11 2008-12-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor
US6884568B2 (en) * 2000-10-17 2005-04-26 Kodak Polychrome Graphics, Llc Stabilized infrared-sensitive polymerizable systems
JP4319363B2 (en) 2001-01-15 2009-08-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Negative type image recording material
US6569597B2 (en) * 2001-01-19 2003-05-27 Eastman Kodak Company Thermal imaging composition and member and methods of imaging and printing
JP4266077B2 (en) 2001-03-26 2009-05-20 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor and planographic printing method
JP2002328465A (en) 2001-04-27 2002-11-15 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate of planographic printing plate
JP3863422B2 (en) * 2001-12-13 2006-12-27 コダックポリクロームグラフィックス株式会社 Photosensitive composition and photosensitive lithographic printing plate
JP4384449B2 (en) * 2003-06-24 2009-12-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing method
JP4527509B2 (en) * 2003-12-26 2010-08-18 岡本化学工業株式会社 Aluminum support for lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing plate precursor
US20050208423A1 (en) * 2004-03-19 2005-09-22 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Lithographic printing plate precursor
US7008751B2 (en) * 2004-08-04 2006-03-07 Eastman Kodak Company Thermally switchable imageable elements containing betaine-containing co-polymers
JP2008511858A (en) * 2004-09-01 2008-04-17 イーストマン コダック カンパニー Intermediate layer for lithographic printing plates
JP2006235227A (en) 2005-02-24 2006-09-07 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Processing method for photosensitive planographic printing plate and automatic development apparatus
JP5172097B2 (en) 2005-02-28 2013-03-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor and method for producing lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2006293162A (en) * 2005-04-13 2006-10-26 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Lithographic printing original plate
JP4759343B2 (en) 2005-08-19 2011-08-31 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor and planographic printing method
EP1920942A4 (en) * 2005-08-30 2009-11-25 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Original plate for lithography, and resin composition for photosensitive layer in original plate for lithography
JP2007079153A (en) * 2005-09-14 2007-03-29 Nippon Paint Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition
CN101316721A (en) * 2005-11-01 2008-12-03 柯尼卡美能达医疗印刷器材株式会社 Lithographic printing plate material, lithographic printing plate, method for preparing lithographic printing plate, and method for printing by lithographic printing plate
JP5238170B2 (en) * 2006-03-14 2013-07-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor
US8113116B2 (en) 2006-03-14 2012-02-14 Fujifilm Corporation Lithographic printing plate precursor
EP1862301B1 (en) 2006-06-02 2011-09-28 FUJIFILM Corporation Image recording material, planographic printing plate precursor, and planographic printing method using the same
CN101466554A (en) * 2006-06-12 2009-06-24 柯尼卡美能达医疗印刷器材株式会社 Offset printing plate, offset printing plate material, support for offset printing plate and offset printing method
JP4881756B2 (en) * 2007-02-06 2012-02-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing method, and novel cyanine dye

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2009172790A (en) 2009-08-06
JP5155677B2 (en) 2013-03-06
ATE548189T1 (en) 2012-03-15
EP2082875A1 (en) 2009-07-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2055476B1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor
EP1834766B1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor
EP1767353B1 (en) Lithographic printing method
US20070056457A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing method, and novel cyanine dye
EP1696268B1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2008284858A (en) Original plate for lithographic printing plate, and printing method using the same
EP2165829B1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method thereof
EP2082875B1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method using the precursor
US20100242766A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing method
EP2006091B1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method
EP2048000B1 (en) Method of making lithographic printing plate
EP2165830B1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and printing method using the same
EP1972440B1 (en) Negative lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing method using the same
US20100055607A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method thereof
EP1795344B1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: AL BA RS

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20100128

AKX Designation fees paid

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

RTI1 Title (correction)

Free format text: LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING PLATE PRECURSOR AND PLATE MAKING METHOD USING THE PRECURSOR

GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

GRAS Grant fee paid

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: REF

Ref document number: 548189

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20120315

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R096

Ref document number: 602009005691

Country of ref document: DE

Effective date: 20120503

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: VDEP

Effective date: 20120307

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

Ref country code: LT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

Ref country code: NO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120607

Ref country code: HR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

LTIE Lt: invalidation of european patent or patent extension

Effective date: 20120307

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

Ref country code: GR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120608

Ref country code: LV

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: MK05

Ref document number: 548189

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20120307

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CY

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120707

Ref country code: EE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

Ref country code: PL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

Ref country code: RO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

Ref country code: SE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120709

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: AT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

Ref country code: DK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

26N No opposition filed

Effective date: 20121210

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R097

Ref document number: 602009005691

Country of ref document: DE

Effective date: 20121210

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120618

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BG

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120607

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MC

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20130131

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PL

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: MM4A

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: ST

Effective date: 20130930

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20130131

Ref country code: CH

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20130131

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20130131

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20130122

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: TR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: HU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT; INVALID AB INITIO

Effective date: 20090122

Ref country code: LU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20130122

Ref country code: MK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20120307

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20221130

Year of fee payment: 15

P01 Opt-out of the competence of the unified patent court (upc) registered

Effective date: 20230515

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20231130

Year of fee payment: 16